1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
38 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
39 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
40 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
41 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
42 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
45 #include <algorithm>
46 #include <cstring>
47 #include <functional>
48 using namespace clang;
49 using namespace sema;
50 
51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
52   if (OwnedType) {
53     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
54     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
55   }
56 
57   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
58 }
59 
60 namespace {
61 
62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
63  public:
64   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
65       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
66     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
67     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
68     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
69   }
70 
71   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
72     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
73       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
74           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
75     else
76       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
77   }
78 
79  private:
80   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
81   bool WantClassName;
82 };
83 
84 }
85 
86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
88   switch (Kind) {
89   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
90   // token kind is a valid type specifier
91   case tok::kw_short:
92   case tok::kw_long:
93   case tok::kw___int64:
94   case tok::kw___int128:
95   case tok::kw_signed:
96   case tok::kw_unsigned:
97   case tok::kw_void:
98   case tok::kw_char:
99   case tok::kw_int:
100   case tok::kw_half:
101   case tok::kw_float:
102   case tok::kw_double:
103   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
104   case tok::kw_bool:
105   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
106     return true;
107 
108   case tok::annot_typename:
109   case tok::kw_char16_t:
110   case tok::kw_char32_t:
111   case tok::kw_typeof:
112   case tok::kw_decltype:
113     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
114 
115   default:
116     break;
117   }
118 
119   return false;
120 }
121 
122 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
123 /// return the declaration of that type.
124 ///
125 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
126 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
127 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
128 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
129 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
130 ///
131 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
132 /// and then return NULL.
133 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
134                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
135                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
136                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
137                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
138                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
139                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
140   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
141   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
142   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
143     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
144     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
145       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
146   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
147     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
148 
149     if (!LookupCtx) {
150       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
151         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
152         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
153         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
154         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
155         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
156         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
157         //
158         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
159         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
160         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
161           return ParsedType();
162 
163         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
164         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
165         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
166           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
167 
168         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
169         QualType T =
170           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
171                             II, NameLoc);
172 
173           return ParsedType::make(T);
174       }
175 
176       return ParsedType();
177     }
178 
179     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
180         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
181       return ParsedType();
182   }
183 
184   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
185   // lookup for class-names.
186   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
187                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
188   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
189   if (LookupCtx) {
190     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
191     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
192     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
193     // nested-name-specifier.
194     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
195 
196     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
197       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
198       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
199       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
200       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
201       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
202       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
203       LookupName(Result, S);
204     }
205   } else {
206     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
207     LookupName(Result, S);
208   }
209 
210   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
211   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
212   case LookupResult::NotFound:
213   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
214     if (CorrectedII) {
215       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
216       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
217                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
218       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
219       TemplateTy Template;
220       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
221       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
222       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
223       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
224       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
225       if (SS && NNS) {
226         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
227         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
228       }
229       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
230           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
231           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
232           // is handled elsewhere).
233           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
234             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
235                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
236         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
237                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
238                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
239                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
240         if (Ty) {
241           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
242           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
243               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
244           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
245               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
246               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
247                                               CorrectedStr);
248           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
249             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
250               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
251 
252           if (SS && NNS)
253             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
254           *CorrectedII = NewII;
255           return Ty;
256         }
257       }
258     }
259     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
260   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
261   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
262     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
263     return ParsedType();
264 
265   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
266     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
267     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
268     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
269     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
270     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
271     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
272       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
273       return ParsedType();
274     }
275 
276     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
277     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
278          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
279       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
280         if (!IIDecl ||
281             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
282               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
283           IIDecl = *Res;
284       }
285     }
286 
287     if (!IIDecl) {
288       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
289       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
290       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
291       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
292       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
293       // a type name.
294       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
295       return ParsedType();
296     }
297 
298     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
299     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
300     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
301     // perform the name lookup again.
302     break;
303 
304   case LookupResult::Found:
305     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
306     break;
307   }
308 
309   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
310 
311   QualType T;
312   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
313     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
314 
315     if (T.isNull())
316       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
317 
318     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
319     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
320     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
321     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
322       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
323         // Construct a type with type-source information.
324         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
325         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
326 
327         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
328         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
329         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
330         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
331         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
332       } else {
333         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
334       }
335     }
336   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
337     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
338     if (!HasTrailingDot)
339       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
340   }
341 
342   if (T.isNull()) {
343     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
344     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
345     return ParsedType();
346   }
347   return ParsedType::make(T);
348 }
349 
350 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
351 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
352 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
353 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
354 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
355 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
356   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
357   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
358   LookupName(R, S, false);
359   R.suppressDiagnostics();
360   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
361     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
362       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
363       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
364       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
365       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
366       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
367       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
368       }
369     }
370 
371   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
372 }
373 
374 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
375 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
376 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
377 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
378 /// @code
379 /// template<class T> class A {
380 /// public:
381 ///   typedef int TYPE;
382 /// };
383 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
384 /// public:
385 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
386 /// };
387 /// @endcode
388 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
389   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
390     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
391 
392     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
393     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
394           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
395       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
396         return true;
397     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
398   }
399   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
400 }
401 
402 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
403                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
404                                    Scope *S,
405                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
406                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
407   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
408   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
409 
410   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
411   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
412   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
413   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
414                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
415                                              Validator)) {
416     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
417     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
418 
419     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
420       // We corrected to a keyword.
421       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
422       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
423         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
424       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
425         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
426         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
427       II = NewII;
428     } else {
429       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
430       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
431       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
432         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
433           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
434           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
435       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
436         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
437           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
438           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
439       else
440         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
441 
442       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
443         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
444 
445       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
446                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
447                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
448                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
449     }
450     return true;
451   }
452 
453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
454     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
455     UnqualifiedId Name;
456     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
457     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
458     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
459     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
460     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
461                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
462                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
463       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
464       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
465       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
466         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
467           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
468       }
469       return true;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
474   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
475 
476   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
478   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
479     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
480       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
481   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
482     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
483     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
484       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
485 
486     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
487       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
488       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
489       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
490     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
491                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
492   } else {
493     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
494            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
495   }
496 
497   return true;
498 }
499 
500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
501 /// or
502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
503   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
504                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
505 
506   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
507     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
508       return true;
509 
510     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
511       return true;
512   }
513 
514   return false;
515 }
516 
517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
518                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
519                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
521   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
522   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
523   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
524     const char *TagName = 0;
525     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
526     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
527       case TTK_Class:
528         TagName = "class";
529         FixItTagName = "class ";
530         break;
531 
532       case TTK_Enum:
533         TagName = "enum";
534         FixItTagName = "enum ";
535         break;
536 
537       case TTK_Struct:
538         TagName = "struct";
539         FixItTagName = "struct ";
540         break;
541 
542       case TTK_Interface:
543         TagName = "__interface";
544         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
545         break;
546 
547       case TTK_Union:
548         TagName = "union";
549         FixItTagName = "union ";
550         break;
551     }
552 
553     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
554       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
555       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
556 
557     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
558          I != IEnd; ++I)
559       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
560         << Name << TagName;
561 
562     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
563     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
564     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
565     return true;
566   }
567 
568   return false;
569 }
570 
571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
573                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
574   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
575 
576   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
577   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
578 
579   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
580   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
581   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
582   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
583   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
584 }
585 
586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
587                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
588                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
589                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
590                                             const Token &NextToken,
591                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
592                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
594   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
595 
596   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
597     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
598                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
599 
600   }
601 
602   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
603   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
604 
605   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
606   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
607   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
608   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
609   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
610     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
611     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
612       return E;
613   }
614 
615   bool SecondTry = false;
616   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
617 
618 Corrected:
619   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
620   case LookupResult::NotFound:
621     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
622     // call.
623     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
624       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
625       // FIXME: Reference?
626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
627         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
628 
629       // C90 6.3.2.2:
630       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
631       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
632       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
633       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
634       //   the function call, the declaration
635       //
636       //     extern int identifier ();
637       //
638       //   appeared.
639       //
640       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
641       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
642         Result.addDecl(D);
643         Result.resolveKind();
644         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
645       }
646     }
647 
648     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
649     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
650     // "struct", or "union".
651     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
652         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
653       break;
654     }
655 
656     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
657     // close to this name.
658     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
659       SecondTry = true;
660       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
661                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
662                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
663         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
664         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
665         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
666         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
667 
668         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
669         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
670           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
671         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
672             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
673           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
674           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
675         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
676                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
677                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
679            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
680            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
681          }
682 
683         if (SS.isEmpty())
684           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
685             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
686             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
687         else
688           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
689             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
690             << SS.getRange()
691             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
692 
693         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
694         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
695 
696         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
697         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
698           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
699 
700         // Also update the LookupResult...
701         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
702         Result.clear();
703         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
704         if (FirstDecl) {
705           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
706           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
707             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
708         }
709 
710         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
711         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
712         // reference the ivar.
713         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
714         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
715           Result.clear();
716           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
717           return E;
718         }
719 
720         goto Corrected;
721       }
722     }
723 
724     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
725     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
726     return NameClassification::Unknown();
727 
728   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
729     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
730     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
731     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
732 
733     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
734     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
735     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
736     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
737     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
738     //
739     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
740     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
741     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
742     // keyword here.
743     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
744                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
745                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
746   }
747 
748   case LookupResult::Found:
749   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
750   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
751     break;
752 
753   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
754     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
755         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
756       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
757       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
758       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
759       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
760       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
761       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
762       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
763       //   ambiguous.
764       //
765       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
766       // so try again after filtering out template names.
767       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
768       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
769         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
770         break;
771       }
772     }
773 
774     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
775     return NameClassification::Error();
776   }
777 
778   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
779       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
780     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
781     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
782     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
783     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
784     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
785     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
786     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
787       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
788 
789     if (!Result.empty()) {
790       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
791       TemplateName Template;
792       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
793         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
794         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
795                                                      Result.end());
796       } else {
797         TemplateDecl *TD
798           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
799         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
800 
801         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
802           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
803                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
804                                                       TD);
805         else
806           Template = TemplateName(TD);
807       }
808 
809       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
810         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
811         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
812         // to based on which function we selected.
813         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
814 
815         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
816       }
817 
818       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
819     }
820   }
821 
822   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
823   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
824     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
825     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
826     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
827       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
828     return ParsedType::make(T);
829   }
830 
831   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
832   if (!Class) {
833     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
834     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
835                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
836       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
837   }
838 
839   if (Class) {
840     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
841 
842     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
843       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
844       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
845       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
846       return NameClassification::Unknown();
847     }
848 
849     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
850     return ParsedType::make(T);
851   }
852 
853   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
854   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
855     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
856         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
857 
858   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
859   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
860   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
861     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
862     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
863          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
864         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
865       TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
866       DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
867       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
868       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
869         return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
870       return ParsedType::make(T);
871     }
872   }
873 
874   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
875     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
876 
877   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
878   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
879 }
880 
881 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
882 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
883 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
884 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
885 
886   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
887   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
888   // the context we'll need to return to.
889   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
890     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
891 
892     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
893     // lexical context.
894     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
895       return DC;
896 
897     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
898     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
899     // class is the context we need to return to.
900     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
901       DC = RD;
902 
903     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
904     // declared in.
905     return DC;
906   }
907 
908   return DC->getLexicalParent();
909 }
910 
911 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
912   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
913       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
914   CurContext = DC;
915   S->setEntity(DC);
916 }
917 
918 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
919   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
920 
921   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
922   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
923 }
924 
925 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
926 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
927 ///
928 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
929   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
930   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
931   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
932   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
933   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
934   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
935   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
936   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
937   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
938   //   namespace.
939   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
940   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
941   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
942   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
943   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
944 
945   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
946 
947 #ifndef NDEBUG
948   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
949   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
950   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
951 #endif
952 
953   CurContext = DC;
954   S->setEntity(DC);
955 }
956 
957 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
958   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
959 
960   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
961   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
962   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
963   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
964   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
965 
966   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
967   // disappear.
968 }
969 
970 
971 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
972   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
973   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
974     // We assume that the caller has already called
975     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
976     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
977   }
978   if (!FD)
979     return;
980 
981   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
982   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
983   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
984     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
985   CurContext = FD;
986   S->setEntity(CurContext);
987 
988   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
989     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
990     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
991     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
992       S->AddDecl(Param);
993       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
994     }
995   }
996 }
997 
998 
999 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1000   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1001   // rather than the top-level class.
1002   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1003   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1004   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1005 }
1006 
1007 
1008 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1009 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1010 ///
1011 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1012 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1013 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1014 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1015 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1016 /// attribute.
1017 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1018                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1019   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1020     return true;
1021 
1022   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1023     return true;
1024 
1025   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1026           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1027 }
1028 
1029 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1030 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1031   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1032   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1033   // scope.
1034   while (S->getEntity() &&
1035          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1036     S = S->getParent();
1037 
1038   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1039   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1040   // into any context.
1041   if (AddToContext)
1042     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1043 
1044   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1045   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1046   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1047       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1048       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1049         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1050     return;
1051 
1052   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1053   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1054       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1055     return;
1056 
1057   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1058   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1059                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1060   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1061     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1062       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1063       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1064 
1065       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1066       break;
1067     }
1068   }
1069 
1070   S->AddDecl(D);
1071 
1072   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1073     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1074     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1075     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1076     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1077       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1078       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1079         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1080           continue;
1081       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1082         break;
1083     }
1084 
1085     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1086   } else {
1087     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1088   }
1089 }
1090 
1091 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1092   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1093     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1094 }
1095 
1096 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1097                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1098   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S,
1099                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1100 }
1101 
1102 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1103   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1104   do {
1105     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1106       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1107         return S;
1108   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1109 
1110   return 0;
1111 }
1112 
1113 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1114                                             DeclContext*,
1115                                             ASTContext&);
1116 
1117 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1118 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1119 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1120                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1121                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1122                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1123   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1124   while (F.hasNext()) {
1125     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1126 
1127     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1128       continue;
1129 
1130     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1131         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1132       continue;
1133 
1134     F.erase();
1135   }
1136 
1137   F.done();
1138 }
1139 
1140 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1141   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1142          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1143          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1144 }
1145 
1146 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1147 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1148   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1149   while (F.hasNext())
1150     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1151       F.erase();
1152 
1153   F.done();
1154 }
1155 
1156 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1157 /// @code
1158 /// class S {
1159 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1160 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1161 /// };
1162 /// @endcode
1163 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1164   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1165   // the decl here.
1166   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1167     return false;
1168 
1169   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1170     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1171   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1172     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1173   return false;
1174 }
1175 
1176 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1177   assert(D);
1178 
1179   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1180     return false;
1181 
1182   // Ignore class templates.
1183   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1184       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1185     return false;
1186 
1187   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1188     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1189       return false;
1190 
1191     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1192       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1193         return false;
1194     } else {
1195       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1196       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1197           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1198         return false;
1199     }
1200 
1201     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1202         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1203       return false;
1204   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1205     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1206         VD->getType().isConstant(Context) ||
1207         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1208       return false;
1209 
1210     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1211         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1212       return false;
1213 
1214   } else {
1215     return false;
1216   }
1217 
1218   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1219   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1220     return false;
1221 
1222   return true;
1223 }
1224 
1225 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1226   if (!D)
1227     return;
1228 
1229   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1230     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1231     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1232       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1233   }
1234 
1235   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1236     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1237     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1238       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1239   }
1240 
1241   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1242     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1243 }
1244 
1245 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1246   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1247     return false;
1248 
1249   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1250     return false;
1251 
1252   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1253     return true;
1254 
1255   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1256   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1257       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1258     return false;
1259 
1260   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1261   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1262 
1263     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1264     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1265 
1266     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1267     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1268       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1269         return false;
1270     }
1271 
1272     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1273     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1274     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1275       return false;
1276 
1277     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1278       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1279       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1280         return false;
1281 
1282       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1283         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1284           return false;
1285 
1286         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1287           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1288             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1289           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1290             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1291             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1292               return false;
1293           }
1294         }
1295       }
1296     }
1297 
1298     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1299   }
1300 
1301   return true;
1302 }
1303 
1304 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1305                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1306   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1307     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1308                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1309     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1310       return;
1311     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1312                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1313   }
1314   return;
1315 }
1316 
1317 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1318 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1319 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1320   FixItHint Hint;
1321   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1322     return;
1323 
1324   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1325 
1326   unsigned DiagID;
1327   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1328     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1329   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1330     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1331   else
1332     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1333 
1334   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1335 }
1336 
1337 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1338   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1339   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1340   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1341   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1342     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1343 }
1344 
1345 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1346   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1347   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1348          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1349 
1350   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1351        I != E; ++I) {
1352     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1353     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1354 
1355     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1356     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1357 
1358     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1359 
1360     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1361     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1362       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1363 
1364     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1365     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1366       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1367 
1368     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1369     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1370   }
1371 }
1372 
1373 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1374   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1375 }
1376 
1377 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1378   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1379   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1380 }
1381 
1382 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1383 ///
1384 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1385 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1386 /// to the fixed name.
1387 ///
1388 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1389 ///
1390 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1391 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1392 ///
1393 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1394 /// class could not be found.
1395 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1396                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1397                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1398   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1399   // creation from this context.
1400   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1401 
1402   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1403     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1404     // find an Objective-C class name.
1405     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1406     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1407                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1408                                        Validator)) {
1409       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1410       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1411         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1412         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1413       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1414         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1415 
1416       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1417     }
1418   }
1419   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1420   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1421   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1422       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1423   return Def;
1424 }
1425 
1426 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1427 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1428 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1429 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1430 /// ill-formed in C++:
1431 /// @code
1432 /// struct S6 {
1433 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1434 /// };
1435 ///
1436 /// void test_S6() {
1437 ///   struct S6 a;
1438 ///   a.e = BAR;
1439 /// }
1440 /// @endcode
1441 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1442 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1443 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1444 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1445 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1446 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1447 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1448 /// contain non-field names.
1449 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1450   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1451          (S->getEntity() &&
1452           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1453          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1454     S = S->getParent();
1455   return S;
1456 }
1457 
1458 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1459 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1460 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1461 /// built-in.
1462 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1463                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1464                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1465   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1466 
1467   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1468   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1469   switch (Error) {
1470   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1471     // Okay
1472     break;
1473 
1474   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1475     if (ForRedeclaration)
1476       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1477         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1478     return 0;
1479 
1480   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1481     if (ForRedeclaration)
1482       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1483         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1484     return 0;
1485 
1486   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1487     if (ForRedeclaration)
1488       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1489         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1490     return 0;
1491   }
1492 
1493   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1494     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1495       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1496       << R;
1497     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1498         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1499           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1500       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1501         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1502         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1503   }
1504 
1505   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1506                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1507                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1508                                            SC_Extern,
1509                                            SC_None, false,
1510                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1511   New->setImplicit();
1512 
1513   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1514   // FunctionDecl.
1515   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1516     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1517     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1518       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1519         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1520                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1521                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1522                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1523       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1524       Params.push_back(parm);
1525     }
1526     New->setParams(Params);
1527   }
1528 
1529   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1530 
1531   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1532   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1533   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1534   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1535   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1536   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1537   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1538   CurContext = SavedContext;
1539   return New;
1540 }
1541 
1542 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1543   QualType OldType;
1544   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1545     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1546   else
1547     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1548   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1549 
1550   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1551     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1552     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1553     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1554       << Kind << NewType;
1555     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1556       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1557     New->setInvalidDecl();
1558     return true;
1559   }
1560 
1561   if (OldType != NewType &&
1562       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1563       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1564       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1565     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1566     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1567       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1568     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1569       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1570     New->setInvalidDecl();
1571     return true;
1572   }
1573   return false;
1574 }
1575 
1576 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1577 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1578 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1579 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1580 ///
1581 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1582   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1583   // merging checks.
1584   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1585 
1586   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1587   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1588   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1589     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1590     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1591     default: break;
1592     case 2:
1593       {
1594         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1595           break;
1596         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1597         if (!T->isPointerType())
1598           break;
1599         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1600           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1601           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1602             break;
1603         }
1604         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1605         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1606         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1607         return;
1608       }
1609     case 5:
1610       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1611         break;
1612       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1613       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1614       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1615       return;
1616     case 3:
1617       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1618         break;
1619       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1620       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1621       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1622       return;
1623     }
1624     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1625   }
1626 
1627   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1628   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1629   if (!Old) {
1630     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1631       << New->getDeclName();
1632 
1633     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1634     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1635       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1636 
1637     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1638   }
1639 
1640   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1641   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1642     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1643 
1644   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1645   // with any extensions enabled.
1646   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1647     return;
1648 
1649   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1650   // declaration was a typedef.
1651   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1652     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1653 
1654   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1655     return;
1656 
1657   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1658     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1659     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1660     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1661     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1662     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1663       return;
1664 
1665     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1666     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1667     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1668     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1669     //
1670     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1671     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1672     //
1673     //   struct S {
1674     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1675     //   };
1676     //
1677     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1678     // allow the above but disallow
1679     //
1680     //   struct S {
1681     //     typedef int I;
1682     //     typedef int I;
1683     //   };
1684     //
1685     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1686     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1687       return;
1688 
1689     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1690       << New->getDeclName();
1691     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1692     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1693   }
1694 
1695   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1696   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1697     return;
1698 
1699   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1700   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1701   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1702   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1703   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1704       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1705        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1706     return;
1707 
1708   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1709     << New->getDeclName();
1710   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1711   return;
1712 }
1713 
1714 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1715 /// attribute.
1716 static bool
1717 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1718   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1719   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1720   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1721   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1722   if (AA)
1723     return false;
1724 
1725   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1726   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1727   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1728     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1729       if (Ann) {
1730         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1731           return true;
1732         continue;
1733       }
1734       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1735       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1736         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1737       return true;
1738     }
1739 
1740   return false;
1741 }
1742 
1743 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1744   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1745   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1746     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1747                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1748                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1749                                     AA->getMessage());
1750   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1751     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1752   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1753     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1754   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1755     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1756   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1757     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1758                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1759   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1760     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1761   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1762     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1763 
1764   if (NewAttr) {
1765     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1766     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1767     return true;
1768   }
1769 
1770   return false;
1771 }
1772 
1773 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1774   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1775     return TD->getDefinition();
1776   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1777     return VD->getDefinition();
1778   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1779     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1780     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1781       return Def;
1782   }
1783   return NULL;
1784 }
1785 
1786 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1787   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
1788        I != E; ++I) {
1789     Attr *Attribute = *I;
1790     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1791       return true;
1792   }
1793   return false;
1794 }
1795 
1796 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
1797 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
1798 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
1799   if (!New->hasAttrs())
1800     return;
1801 
1802   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1803   if (!Def || Def == New)
1804     return;
1805 
1806   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
1807   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
1808     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
1809     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
1810       ++I;
1811       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
1812     }
1813     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
1814            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1815     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1816     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
1817     --E;
1818   }
1819 }
1820 
1821 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1822 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old,
1823                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1824   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1825   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
1826 
1827   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1828     return;
1829 
1830   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1831 
1832   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1833   // we process them.
1834   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1835 
1836   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1837          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1838          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1839        i != e; ++i) {
1840     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1841     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1842         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1843          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1844          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1845       continue;
1846 
1847     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1848       foundAny = true;
1849   }
1850 
1851   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1852 }
1853 
1854 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1855 /// to the new one.
1856 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1857                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1858                                      ASTContext &C) {
1859   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1860     return;
1861 
1862   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1863 
1864   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1865   // done before we process them.
1866   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1867 
1868   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1869        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1870        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1871     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1872       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1873       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1874       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1875       foundAny = true;
1876     }
1877   }
1878 
1879   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1880 }
1881 
1882 namespace {
1883 
1884 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1885 /// C.
1886 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1887   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1888   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1889   QualType PromotedType;
1890 };
1891 
1892 }
1893 
1894 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1895 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1896   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1897     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1898       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1899 
1900     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1901       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1902 
1903     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1904       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1905   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1906     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1907   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1908     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1909   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1910     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1911   }
1912 
1913   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1914 }
1915 
1916 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1917 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1918 /// GNU89 mode.
1919 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
1920                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
1921   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
1922           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
1923           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1924           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
1925 }
1926 
1927 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
1928 /// declaration?
1929 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
1930   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
1931   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
1932     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
1933   } else {
1934     // Free C function or a static method.
1935     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
1936   }
1937   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
1938 }
1939 
1940 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1941 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1942 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1943 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1944 ///
1945 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1946 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1947 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1948 /// merged with.
1949 ///
1950 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1951 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
1952   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1953   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
1954   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
1955         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
1956     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1957   else
1958     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
1959   if (!Old) {
1960     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
1961       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
1962       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1963            diag::note_using_decl_target);
1964       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1965            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
1966       return true;
1967     }
1968 
1969     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1970       << New->getDeclName();
1971     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1972     return true;
1973   }
1974 
1975   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1976   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1977   diag::kind PrevDiag;
1978   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1979     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
1980   else if (Old->isImplicit())
1981     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
1982   else
1983     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
1984 
1985   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
1986   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
1987 
1988   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1989   // is an extern inline function.
1990   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
1991       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1992       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
1993       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
1994     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
1995       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
1996       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
1997     } else {
1998       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
1999       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2000       return true;
2001     }
2002   }
2003 
2004   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2005   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2006   // calling convention of the first.
2007   //
2008   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2009   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2010   //
2011   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2012   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2013   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2014   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2015   // because it is the default calling convention.
2016   //
2017   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2018   // other tests to run.
2019   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2020   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2021   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2022   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2023   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2024   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2025     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2026 
2027   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2028   // there but not here.
2029   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2030     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2031     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2032 
2033   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2034   // effectively the same as the explict one.
2035   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2036              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) {
2037     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2038     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2039 
2040   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2041                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2042     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2043     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2044       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2045       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2046       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2047           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2048     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2049     return true;
2050   }
2051 
2052   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2053   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2054     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2055     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2056   }
2057 
2058   // Merge regparm attribute.
2059   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2060       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2061     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2062       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2063         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2064         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2065       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2066       return true;
2067     }
2068 
2069     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2070     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2071   }
2072 
2073   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2074   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2075     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2076       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2077       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2078       return true;
2079     }
2080 
2081     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2082     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2083   }
2084 
2085   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2086     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2087     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2088     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2089   }
2090 
2091   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2092     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2093     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2094     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2095     //        cannot be overloaded.
2096     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2097     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2098     QualType ResQT;
2099     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2100       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2101           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2102         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2103       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2104         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2105           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2106                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2107         else
2108           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2109         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2110         return true;
2111       }
2112       else
2113         NewQType = ResQT;
2114     }
2115 
2116     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2117     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2118     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2119       // Preserve triviality.
2120       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2121 
2122       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2123       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2124       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2125       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2126                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2127                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2128       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2129 
2130       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2131           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2132         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2133         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2134         //       is a static member function declaration.
2135         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2136           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2137           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2138           return true;
2139         }
2140 
2141         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2142         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2143         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2144         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2145         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2146           unsigned NewDiag;
2147           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2148             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2149           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2150             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2151           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2152             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2153           else
2154             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2155 
2156           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2157         } else {
2158           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2159             << New << New->getType();
2160         }
2161         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2162 
2163       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2164       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2165       //
2166       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2167       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2168       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2169         if (isFriend) {
2170           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2171         } else {
2172           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2173                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2174             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2175           return true;
2176         }
2177       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2178         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2179              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2180           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2181         return true;
2182       }
2183     }
2184 
2185     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2186     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2187     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2188     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2189 
2190     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2191     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2192     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2193       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2194       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2195         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2196       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2197       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2198     }
2199 
2200     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2201       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2202 
2203     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2204   }
2205 
2206   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2207   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2208   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2209       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2210     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2211     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2212     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2213     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2214         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2215       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2216       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2217       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2218       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2219                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2220       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2221                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2222                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2223       New->setType(NewQType);
2224       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2225 
2226       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2227       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2228       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2229              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2230              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2231            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2232         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2233                                                  SourceLocation(),
2234                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2235                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2236                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2237                                                  0);
2238         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2239         Param->setImplicit();
2240         Params.push_back(Param);
2241       }
2242 
2243       New->setParams(Params);
2244     }
2245 
2246     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2247   }
2248 
2249   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2250   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2251   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2252   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2253   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2254   // the prototype.
2255   //
2256   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2257   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2258   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2259   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2260   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2261       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2262       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2263       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2264     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2265     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2266     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2267       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2268     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2269       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2270 
2271     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2272     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2273                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2274     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2275     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2276          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2277       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2278       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2279       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2280                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2281         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2282       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2283                                             NewParm->getType(),
2284                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2285         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2286           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2287         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2288         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2289       } else
2290         LooseCompatible = false;
2291     }
2292 
2293     if (LooseCompatible) {
2294       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2295         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2296              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2297           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2298           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2299         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2300           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2301                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2302       }
2303 
2304       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2305                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2306                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2307       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2308     }
2309 
2310     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2311   }
2312 
2313   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2314   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2315   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2316     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2317     // signature.
2318     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2319       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2320       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2321       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2322       // library built-in.
2323       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2324       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2325         << Old << Old->getType();
2326       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2327       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2328       return false;
2329     }
2330 
2331     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2332   }
2333 
2334   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2335   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2336   return true;
2337 }
2338 
2339 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2340 /// known to be compatible.
2341 ///
2342 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2343 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2344 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2345 /// redeclaration of Old.
2346 ///
2347 /// \returns false
2348 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2349                                         Scope *S) {
2350   // Merge the attributes
2351   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2352 
2353   // Merge the storage class.
2354   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2355       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2356     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2357 
2358   // Merge "pure" flag.
2359   if (Old->isPure())
2360     New->setPure();
2361 
2362   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2363   // declarations.
2364   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2365     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2366       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2367                                Context);
2368 
2369   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2370     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2371 
2372   return false;
2373 }
2374 
2375 
2376 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2377                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2378 
2379   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2380   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2381 
2382   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2383   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2384                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2385   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2386          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2387        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2388     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2389 
2390   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2391 }
2392 
2393 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2394 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2395 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2396 ///
2397 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2398 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2399 /// is attached.
2400 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2401   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2402     return;
2403 
2404   QualType MergedT;
2405   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2406     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2407     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2408       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2409       return;
2410     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2411       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2412       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2413     }
2414     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2415     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2416     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2417     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2418     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2419     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2420              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2421       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2422         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2423       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2424         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2425       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2426         MergedT = New->getType();
2427     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2428              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2429       CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
2430         = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2431       CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
2432         = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
2433       if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
2434         MergedT = Old->getType();
2435     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2436                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2437         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2438                                                         Old->getType());
2439     }
2440   } else {
2441     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2442   }
2443   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2444     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2445       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2446     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2447     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2448   }
2449   New->setType(MergedT);
2450 }
2451 
2452 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2453 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2454 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2455 ///
2456 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2457 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2458 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2459 ///
2460 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2461   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2462   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2463     return;
2464 
2465   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2466   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2467   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2468       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2469     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2470       << New->getDeclName();
2471     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2472          diag::note_previous_definition);
2473     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2474   }
2475 
2476   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2477   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2478   //
2479   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2480   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2481     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2482       << New->getIdentifier();
2483     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2484     New->setInvalidDecl();
2485   }
2486 
2487   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2488   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2489   // declaration
2490   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2491       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2492       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2493     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2494     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2495     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2496     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2497   }
2498 
2499   // Merge the types.
2500   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2501   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2502     return;
2503 
2504   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2505   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2506       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2507     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2508     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2509     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2510   }
2511   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2512   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2513   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2514   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2515   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2516   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2517   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2518   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2519   //   identifier has external linkage.
2520   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2521     /* Okay */;
2522   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2523            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2524     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2525     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2526     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2527   }
2528 
2529   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2530   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2531       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2532     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2533     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2534     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2535   }
2536   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2537       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2538     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2539     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2540     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2541   }
2542 
2543   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2544 
2545   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2546   // need to check for mismatches.
2547   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2548       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2549       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2550         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2551     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2552     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2553     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2554   }
2555 
2556   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2557     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2558     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2559   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2560     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2561     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2562   }
2563 
2564   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2565   const VarDecl *Def;
2566   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2567       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2568       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2569     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2570       << New->getDeclName();
2571     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2572     New->setInvalidDecl();
2573     return;
2574   }
2575   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2576   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2577   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2578   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2579   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2580   // specified at the prior declaration.
2581   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2582   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2583       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
2584       New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext())
2585     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2586 
2587   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2588   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2589 
2590   // Inherit access appropriately.
2591   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2592 }
2593 
2594 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2595 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2596 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2597                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2598   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
2599 }
2600 
2601 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2602 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2603 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2604 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2605                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2606                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2607   Decl *TagD = 0;
2608   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2609   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2610       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2611       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2612       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2613       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2614     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2615 
2616     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2617       return 0;
2618 
2619     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2620     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2621     // it's a Type.
2622     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2623       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2624     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2625       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2626   }
2627 
2628   if (Tag) {
2629     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2630     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2631       return Tag;
2632   }
2633 
2634   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2635     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2636     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2637     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2638       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2639            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2640            << DS.getSourceRange();
2641   }
2642 
2643   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2644     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2645     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2646     if (Tag)
2647       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2648         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2649             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2650             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
2651             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
2652     else
2653       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2654     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2655     return TagD;
2656   }
2657 
2658   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2659     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2660     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2661     if (TagD && !Tag)
2662       return 0;
2663     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2664   }
2665 
2666   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2667   // declarators.
2668   bool emittedWarning = false;
2669 
2670   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2671     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2672         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2673       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2674           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2675         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2676 
2677       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2678         << DS.getSourceRange();
2679       emittedWarning = true;
2680     }
2681   }
2682 
2683   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2684   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2685       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2686       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2687     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2688     //   struct STRUCT;
2689     // and
2690     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2691     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2692     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2693         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2694          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2695       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2696         << DS.getSourceRange();
2697       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2698     }
2699   }
2700 
2701   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2702       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2703     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2704       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2705           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2706         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2707           << DS.getSourceRange();
2708         emittedWarning = true;
2709       }
2710 
2711   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2712   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2713 
2714   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2715     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2716     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2717     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2718         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2719       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2720         << DS.getSourceRange();
2721       return Tag;
2722     }
2723 
2724     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2725       << DS.getSourceRange();
2726     emittedWarning = true;
2727   }
2728 
2729   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2730   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2731   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2732   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2733     return TagD;
2734 
2735   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2736   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2737   // useless.
2738   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2739     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2740       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2741         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2742 
2743   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2744     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2745   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2746     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2747       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2748     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2749       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2750     // Restrict is covered above.
2751   }
2752   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2753     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2754   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2755     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2756   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2757     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2758 
2759   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2760       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2761     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2762       << Tag->getTagKind()
2763       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2764 
2765   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2766   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2767   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2768   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2769     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2770     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2771         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2772         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2773         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2774         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2775       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2776       while (attrs) {
2777         Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(),
2778              diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2779         << attrs->getName()
2780         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2781             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2782             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
2783             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
2784         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2785       }
2786     }
2787   }
2788 
2789   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
2790 
2791   return TagD;
2792 }
2793 
2794 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2795 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2796 ///
2797 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2798 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2799                                          Scope *S,
2800                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2801                                          DeclarationName Name,
2802                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2803                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2804   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2805                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2806   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2807 
2808   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2809     return false;
2810 
2811   // Pick a representative declaration.
2812   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2813   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2814 
2815   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2816     return false;
2817 
2818   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2819   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2820 
2821   return true;
2822 }
2823 
2824 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2825 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2826 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2827 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2828 /// struct, e.g.,
2829 ///
2830 /// @code
2831 /// union {
2832 ///   int i;
2833 ///   float f;
2834 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2835 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2836 /// @endcode
2837 ///
2838 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2839 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2840 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2841                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2842                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2843                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2844                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2845                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2846   unsigned diagKind
2847     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2848                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2849 
2850   bool Invalid = false;
2851 
2852   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2853   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2854                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2855        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2856     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2857         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2858       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2859       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2860                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2861         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2862         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2863         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2864         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2865         Invalid = true;
2866       } else {
2867         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2868         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2869         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2870         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2871         //   anonymous union is declared.
2872         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2873         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2874           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2875                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2876             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2877         else
2878           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2879 
2880         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2881         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2882           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2883         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2884           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2885 
2886         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2887           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2888                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2889                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2890 
2891         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2892         IndirectField->setImplicit();
2893         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
2894 
2895         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
2896         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2897 
2898         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
2899       }
2900     }
2901   }
2902 
2903   return Invalid;
2904 }
2905 
2906 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2907 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2908 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2909 static StorageClass
2910 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2911   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2912   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2913   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2914   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2915   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
2916   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
2917   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2918     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2919   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2920   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2921   }
2922   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2923 }
2924 
2925 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
2926 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
2927 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
2928 static StorageClass
2929 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
2930   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
2931   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
2932   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
2933   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
2934   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
2935     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
2936   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
2937   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
2938   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
2939   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
2940   }
2941   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
2942 }
2943 
2944 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
2945 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
2946 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
2947 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
2948 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
2949                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
2950                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
2951   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
2952 
2953   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
2954   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
2955     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
2956   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2957     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
2958   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
2959     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
2960 
2961   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
2962   // structs/unions.
2963   bool Invalid = false;
2964   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2965     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
2966     unsigned DiagID;
2967     if (Record->isUnion()) {
2968       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2969       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
2970       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
2971       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
2972           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
2973            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
2974             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
2975         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
2976           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
2977 
2978         // Recover by adding 'static'.
2979         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
2980                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2981       }
2982       // C++ [class.union]p6:
2983       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
2984       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
2985       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
2986                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
2987         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2988              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
2989           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2990 
2991         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
2992         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
2993                                SourceLocation(),
2994                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
2995       }
2996     }
2997 
2998     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
2999     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3000       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3001         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3002           << Record->isUnion() << 0
3003           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3004       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3005         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3006              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3007           << Record->isUnion() << 1
3008           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3009       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3010         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3011              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3012           << Record->isUnion() << 2
3013           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3014 
3015       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3016     }
3017 
3018     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3019     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3020     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3021     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3022     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3023                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3024          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3025       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3026         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3027         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3028         //   members (clause 11).
3029         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3030         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3031           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3032             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3033           Invalid = true;
3034         }
3035 
3036         // C++ [class.union]p1
3037         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3038         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3039         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3040         //   array of such objects.
3041         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3042           Invalid = true;
3043       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3044         // Any implicit members are fine.
3045       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3046         // This is a type that showed up in an
3047         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3048         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3049         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3050       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3051         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3052             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3053           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3054           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3055             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3056               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3057           else {
3058             // This is a nested type declaration.
3059             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3060               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3061             Invalid = true;
3062           }
3063         }
3064       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3065         // Any access specifier is fine.
3066       } else {
3067         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3068         // member. Complain about it.
3069         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3070         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3071           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3072         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3073           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3074         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3075           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3076 
3077         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3078         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3079             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3080           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3081             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3082         else {
3083           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3084               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3085           Invalid = true;
3086         }
3087       }
3088     }
3089   }
3090 
3091   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3092     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3093       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3094     Invalid = true;
3095   }
3096 
3097   // Mock up a declarator.
3098   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3099   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3100   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3101 
3102   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3103   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3104   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3105     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3106                              DS.getLocStart(),
3107                              Record->getLocation(),
3108                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3109                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3110                              TInfo,
3111                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3112                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3113     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3114     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3115       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3116   } else {
3117     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3118     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3119            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3120     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3121     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3122       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3123       // an error here
3124       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3125       Invalid = true;
3126       SC = SC_None;
3127     }
3128     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3129     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3130       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3131 
3132     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3133                            DS.getLocStart(),
3134                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3135                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3136                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3137 
3138     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3139     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3140     // initializer:
3141     //   union { int n = 0; };
3142     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3143   }
3144   Anon->setImplicit();
3145 
3146   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3147   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3148   // its members.
3149   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3150 
3151   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3152   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3153   // purposes.
3154   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3155   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3156 
3157   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3158                                           Chain, false))
3159     Invalid = true;
3160 
3161   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3162   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3163   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3164   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3165   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3166   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3167   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3168 
3169   if (Invalid)
3170     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3171 
3172   return Anon;
3173 }
3174 
3175 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3176 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3177 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3178 /// Example:
3179 ///
3180 /// struct A { int a; };
3181 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3182 ///
3183 /// void foo() {
3184 ///   B var;
3185 ///   var.a = 3;
3186 /// }
3187 ///
3188 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3189                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3190 
3191   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3192   if (!Record)
3193     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3194 
3195   // Mock up a declarator.
3196   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3197   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3198   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3199 
3200   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3201   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3202                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3203                              DS.getLocStart(),
3204                              DS.getLocStart(),
3205                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3206                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3207                              TInfo,
3208                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3209                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3210   Anon->setImplicit();
3211 
3212   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3213   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3214 
3215   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3216   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3217   // purposes.
3218   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3219   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3220 
3221   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3222   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3223                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3224                                                         Chain, true))
3225     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3226 
3227   return Anon;
3228 }
3229 
3230 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3231 /// given Declarator.
3232 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3233   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3234 }
3235 
3236 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3237 DeclarationNameInfo
3238 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3239   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3240   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3241 
3242   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3243 
3244   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3245   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3246     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3247     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3248     return NameInfo;
3249 
3250   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3251     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3252                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3253     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3254     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3255       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3256     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3257       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3258     return NameInfo;
3259 
3260   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3261     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3262                                                            Name.Identifier));
3263     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3264     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3265     return NameInfo;
3266 
3267   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3268     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3269     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3270     if (Ty.isNull())
3271       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3272     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3273                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3274     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3275     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3276     return NameInfo;
3277   }
3278 
3279   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3280     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3281     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3282     if (Ty.isNull())
3283       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3284     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3285                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3286     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3287     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3288     return NameInfo;
3289   }
3290 
3291   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3292     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3293     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3294     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3295     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3296     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3297       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3298 
3299     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3300     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3301 
3302     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3303     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3304     // was qualified.
3305 
3306     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3307                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3308     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3309     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3310     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3311     return NameInfo;
3312   }
3313 
3314   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3315     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3316     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3317     if (Ty.isNull())
3318       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3319     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3320                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3321     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3322     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3323     return NameInfo;
3324   }
3325 
3326   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3327     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3328     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3329     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3330   }
3331 
3332   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3333 
3334   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3335 }
3336 
3337 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3338   do {
3339     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3340       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3341     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3342       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3343     else
3344       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3345   } while (true);
3346 }
3347 
3348 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3349 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3350 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3351 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3352 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3353 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3354 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3355 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3356                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3357                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3358                                      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3359   Params.clear();
3360   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3361     return false;
3362   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3363     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3364     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3365 
3366     // The parameter types are identical
3367     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3368       continue;
3369 
3370     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3371     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3372     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3373     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3374 
3375     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3376         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3377       Params.push_back(Idx);
3378     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3379       return false;
3380   }
3381 
3382   return true;
3383 }
3384 
3385 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3386 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3387 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3388 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3389 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3390 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3391                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3392   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3393   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3394   //   - types which will become injected class names
3395   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3396   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3397   // few cases here.
3398 
3399   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3400   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3401   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3402   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3403   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3404   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3405     // Grab the type from the parser.
3406     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3407     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3408     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3409 
3410     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3411     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3412     // attached already.
3413     if (!TSI)
3414       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3415 
3416     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3417     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3418     if (!TSI) return true;
3419 
3420     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3421     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3422     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3423     break;
3424   }
3425 
3426   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3427   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3428     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3429     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3430     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3431     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3432     break;
3433   }
3434 
3435   default:
3436     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3437     break;
3438   }
3439 
3440   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3441   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3442     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3443 
3444     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3445     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3446     // pointer.
3447     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3448       continue;
3449 
3450     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3451     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3452     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3453       return true;
3454   }
3455 
3456   return false;
3457 }
3458 
3459 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3460   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3461   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3462 
3463   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3464       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3465     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3466 
3467   return Dcl;
3468 }
3469 
3470 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3471 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3472 ///   name different from T:
3473 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3474 ///     - every member function of class T
3475 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3476 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3477 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3478                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3479   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3480 
3481   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3482     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3483       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3484       return true;
3485     }
3486 
3487   return false;
3488 }
3489 
3490 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3491 /// nested-name-specifier.
3492 ///
3493 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3494 ///
3495 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3496 /// resolves.
3497 ///
3498 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3499 ///
3500 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3501 ///
3502 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3503 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3504                                         DeclarationName Name,
3505                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3506   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3507   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3508     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3509 
3510   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3511   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3512   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3513   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3514   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3515   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3516   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3517   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3518 
3519   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3520   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3521   //
3522   // class X {
3523   //   void X::f();
3524   // };
3525   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3526     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3527                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3528       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3529     SS.clear();
3530     return false;
3531   }
3532 
3533   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3534   // declaration.
3535   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3536     if (Cur->isRecord())
3537       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3538         << Name << SS.getRange();
3539     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3540       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3541         << Name << SS.getRange();
3542     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3543       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3544         << Name << SS.getRange();
3545     else
3546       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3547       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3548 
3549     return true;
3550   }
3551 
3552   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3553     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3554     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3555       << Name << SS.getRange();
3556     SS.clear();
3557 
3558     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3559     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3560     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3561     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3562          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3563         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3564                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3565       return true;
3566 
3567     return false;
3568   }
3569 
3570   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3571   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3572   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3573   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3574   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3575     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3576   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3577         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3578     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3579       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3580 
3581   return false;
3582 }
3583 
3584 Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3585                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3586   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3587   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3588   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3589 
3590   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3591   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3592   if (!Name) {
3593     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3594       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3595            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3596         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3597     return 0;
3598   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3599     return 0;
3600 
3601   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3602   // we find one that is.
3603   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3604          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3605     S = S->getParent();
3606 
3607   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3608   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3609     D.setInvalidType();
3610   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3611     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3612                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3613       return 0;
3614 
3615     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3616     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3617     if (!DC) {
3618       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3619       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3620       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3621       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3622       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3623            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3624         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3625         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3626       return 0;
3627     }
3628     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3629 
3630     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3631         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3632       return 0;
3633 
3634     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3635       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3636            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3637         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3638       D.setInvalidType();
3639     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3640       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3641                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3642         if (DC->isRecord())
3643           return 0;
3644 
3645         D.setInvalidType();
3646       }
3647     }
3648 
3649     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3650     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3651     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3652         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3653       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3654       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3655         D.setInvalidType();
3656     }
3657   }
3658 
3659   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3660     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3661     // Just return early; it's safer.
3662     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3663       return 0;
3664 
3665   NamedDecl *New;
3666 
3667   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3668   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3669 
3670   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3671                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3672     D.setInvalidType();
3673 
3674   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3675                         ForRedeclaration);
3676 
3677   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3678   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3679     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3680 
3681     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3682     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3683     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3684     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3685       /* Do nothing*/;
3686     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3687       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3688           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3689         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3690     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3691       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3692     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3693              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3694       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3695 
3696     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3697       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3698 
3699     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3700   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3701     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3702 
3703     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3704     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3705     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3706     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3707     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3708     //  thereof; [...]
3709     //
3710     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3711     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3712     // we want to match. For example, given:
3713     //
3714     //   class X {
3715     //     void f();
3716     //     void f(float);
3717     //   };
3718     //
3719     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3720     //
3721     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3722     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3723     // matches.
3724 
3725     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3726     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3727     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3728     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3729     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3730   }
3731 
3732   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3733       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3734     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3735     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3736       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3737                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3738 
3739     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3740     Previous.clear();
3741   }
3742 
3743   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3744   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3745   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3746   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3747   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3748       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3749     Previous.clear();
3750 
3751   bool AddToScope = true;
3752   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3753     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3754       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3755       return 0;
3756     }
3757 
3758     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3759   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3760     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3761                                   TemplateParamLists,
3762                                   AddToScope);
3763   } else {
3764     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3765                                   TemplateParamLists);
3766   }
3767 
3768   if (New == 0)
3769     return 0;
3770 
3771   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3772   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3773   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3774        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3775     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3776 
3777   return New;
3778 }
3779 
3780 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
3781 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
3782 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
3783 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3784                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3785                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3786                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3787   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3788   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3789   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3790   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3791   SizeIsNegative = false;
3792   Oversized = 0;
3793 
3794   if (T->isDependentType())
3795     return QualType();
3796 
3797   QualifierCollector Qs;
3798   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3799 
3800   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3801     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3802     QualType FixedType =
3803         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3804                                             Oversized);
3805     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3806     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3807     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3808   }
3809   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3810     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3811     QualType FixedType =
3812         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3813                                             Oversized);
3814     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3815     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3816     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3817   }
3818 
3819   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3820   if (!VLATy)
3821     return QualType();
3822   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3823   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3824     return QualType();
3825 
3826   llvm::APSInt Res;
3827   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3828       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3829     return QualType();
3830 
3831   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3832   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3833     SizeIsNegative = true;
3834     return QualType();
3835   }
3836 
3837   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3838   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3839     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3840                                               Res);
3841   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3842     Oversized = Res;
3843     return QualType();
3844   }
3845 
3846   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3847                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3848 }
3849 
3850 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
3851 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
3852 void
3853 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
3854                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
3855                                        Scope *S) {
3856   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3857          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
3858   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
3859   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
3860 
3861   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
3862     return;
3863 
3864   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
3865 
3866   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
3867   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
3868   // declaration.
3869   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
3870     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
3871     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
3872 
3873     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
3874       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
3875       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
3876       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
3877       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
3878 
3879     } else {
3880       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
3881       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
3882         S = S->getParent();
3883     }
3884 
3885     if (S)
3886       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
3887   }
3888 }
3889 
3890 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
3891 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
3892   if (ExternalSource) {
3893     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
3894     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
3895     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls);
3896     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
3897       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
3898         = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
3899       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
3900         LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
3901     }
3902   }
3903 
3904   return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name);
3905 }
3906 
3907 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
3908 /// does not identify a function.
3909 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
3910   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
3911   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
3912   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
3913     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3914          diag::err_inline_non_function);
3915 
3916   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
3917     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3918          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
3919 
3920   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
3921     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3922          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
3923 }
3924 
3925 NamedDecl*
3926 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
3927                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
3928   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3929   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3930     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
3931       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3932     D.setInvalidType();
3933     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
3934     DC = CurContext;
3935     Previous.clear();
3936   }
3937 
3938   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3939     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
3940     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
3941   }
3942 
3943   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
3944 
3945   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3946     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
3947   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
3948     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
3949       << 1;
3950 
3951   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
3952     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
3953       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
3954     return 0;
3955   }
3956 
3957   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
3958   if (!NewTD) return 0;
3959 
3960   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
3961   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
3962 
3963   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
3964 
3965   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
3966   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
3967   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
3968   return ND;
3969 }
3970 
3971 void
3972 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3973   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
3974   // then it shall have block scope.
3975   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
3976   // that redeclarations will match.
3977   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
3978   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3979     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3980 
3981     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
3982       bool SizeIsNegative;
3983       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
3984       QualType FixedTy =
3985           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3986                                               Oversized);
3987       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
3988         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
3989         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
3990       } else {
3991         if (SizeIsNegative)
3992           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
3993         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
3994           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
3995         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
3996           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
3997             << Oversized.toString(10);
3998         else
3999           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4000         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4001       }
4002     }
4003   }
4004 }
4005 
4006 
4007 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4008 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4009 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4010 NamedDecl*
4011 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4012                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4013   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4014   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4015   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4016                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4017   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4018     Redeclaration = true;
4019     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4020   }
4021 
4022   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4023   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4024     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4025         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4026       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4027         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4028       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4029         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4030       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4031         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4032       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4033         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4034     }
4035 
4036   return NewTD;
4037 }
4038 
4039 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4040 /// previous declaration.
4041 ///
4042 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4043 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4044 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4045 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4046 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4047 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4048 ///
4049 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4050 /// lookup
4051 ///
4052 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4053 /// declared.
4054 ///
4055 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4056 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4057 static bool
4058 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4059                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4060   if (!PrevDecl)
4061     return false;
4062 
4063   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4064     return false;
4065 
4066   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4067     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4068     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4069     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4070     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4071     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4072     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4073     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4074     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4075       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4076       return false;
4077 
4078     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4079     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4080       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4081       return false;
4082 
4083     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4084     // previous declarations.
4085     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4086     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4087 
4088     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4089     // isn't the same function.
4090     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4091       return false;
4092   }
4093 
4094   return true;
4095 }
4096 
4097 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4098   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4099   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4100   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4101 }
4102 
4103 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4104   QualType type = decl->getType();
4105   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4106   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4107     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4108     unsigned kind = -1U;
4109     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4110       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4111         kind = 0; // __block
4112       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4113         kind = 1; // global
4114     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4115       kind = 3; // ivar
4116     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4117       kind = 2; // field
4118     }
4119 
4120     if (kind != -1U) {
4121       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4122         << kind;
4123     }
4124   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4125     // Try to infer lifetime.
4126     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4127       return false;
4128 
4129     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4130     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4131     decl->setType(type);
4132   }
4133 
4134   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4135     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4136     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4137         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
4138       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4139         << var->getType();
4140       return true;
4141     }
4142   }
4143 
4144   return false;
4145 }
4146 
4147 NamedDecl*
4148 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4149                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4150                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4151   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4152   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4153 
4154   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4155   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4156     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4157 
4158   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4159   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4160          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4161   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4162   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4163     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4164     // an error here
4165     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4166     D.setInvalidType();
4167     SC = SC_None;
4168   }
4169   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4170   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4171     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4172 
4173   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4174   if (!II) {
4175     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4176       << Name;
4177     return 0;
4178   }
4179 
4180   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4181 
4182   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4183     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4184     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4185     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4186 
4187       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4188       // is a GNU extension.
4189       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4190         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4191       else
4192         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4193       D.setInvalidType();
4194     }
4195   }
4196 
4197   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4198     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4199     // OpenCL __local address space.
4200     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
4201       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4202   }
4203 
4204   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4205   VarDecl *NewVD;
4206   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4207     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4208                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4209                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4210 
4211     if (D.isInvalidType())
4212       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4213   } else {
4214     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4215       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4216       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4217         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4218              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4219           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4220       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4221         SC = SC_Static;
4222     }
4223     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4224       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4225         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4226           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4227                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4228             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4229 
4230         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4231         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4232         if (RD->isUnion())
4233           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4234                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x
4235                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4236                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4237         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4238         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4239           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4240                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4241             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4242       }
4243     }
4244 
4245     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4246     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4247     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4248     bool Invalid = false;
4249     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4250         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4251                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4252                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4253                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4254                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4255                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4256                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4257                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4258                                                   Invalid)) {
4259       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4260         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4261         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4262           << II
4263           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4264                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4265         return 0;
4266       } else {
4267         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4268         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4269         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4270              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4271           << II
4272           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4273                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4274       }
4275     }
4276 
4277     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4278                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4279                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4280 
4281     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4282     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4283     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4284         R->getContainedAutoType())
4285       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4286 
4287     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4288       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4289 
4290     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4291 
4292     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4293       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4294                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4295                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4296     }
4297 
4298     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4299       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4300   }
4301 
4302   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4303   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4304   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4305 
4306   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4307     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4308       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4309     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4310       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4311     else
4312       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4313   }
4314 
4315   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4316     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4317       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4318         << 2
4319         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4320     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4321       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4322         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4323         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4324         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4325     else
4326       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4327   }
4328 
4329   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4330   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4331 
4332   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4333     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4334     // storage [duration]."
4335     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4336        (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
4337       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4338   }
4339 
4340   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4341   // retainable type.
4342   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4343     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4344 
4345   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4346   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4347     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4348     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4349     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4350     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4351       switch (SC) {
4352       case SC_None:
4353       case SC_Auto:
4354         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4355         break;
4356       case SC_Register:
4357         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4358           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4359         break;
4360       case SC_Static:
4361       case SC_Extern:
4362       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4363       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4364         break;
4365       }
4366     }
4367 
4368     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4369                                                 Context, Label));
4370   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4371     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4372       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4373     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4374       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4375       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4376     }
4377   }
4378 
4379   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4380   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4381     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4382 
4383   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4384   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4385   // declaration has linkage).
4386   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4387                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4388 
4389   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4390     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4391   } else {
4392     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4393     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4394       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4395           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4396           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4397         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4398         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4399         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4400           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4401         Previous.clear();
4402         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4403       }
4404     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4405       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4406       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4407         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4408         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4409       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4410     }
4411 
4412     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4413 
4414     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4415     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4416         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4417       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4418   }
4419 
4420   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4421   // such variables.
4422   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4423       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4424     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4425 
4426   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4427   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4428   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4429     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4430 
4431   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD);
4432 
4433   return NewVD;
4434 }
4435 
4436 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4437 /// -Wshadow.
4438 ///
4439 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4440 /// scope.
4441 ///
4442 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4443 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4444 ///
4445 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4446   // Return if warning is ignored.
4447   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4448         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4449     return;
4450 
4451   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4452   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4453     return;
4454 
4455   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4456 
4457   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4458   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4459     return;
4460 
4461   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4462   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4463     return;
4464 
4465   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4466   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4467     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4468       if (MD->isStatic())
4469         return;
4470 
4471   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4472     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4473       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4474       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4475       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4476              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4477            I != E; ++I)
4478         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4479           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4480           break;
4481         }
4482     }
4483 
4484   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4485 
4486   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4487   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4488     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4489     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4490       return;
4491 
4492     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4493     // static data members from base classes?
4494 
4495     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4496     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4497     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4498   }
4499 
4500   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4501   unsigned Kind;
4502   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4503     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4504       Kind = 3; // field
4505     else
4506       Kind = 2; // static data member
4507   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4508     Kind = 1; // global
4509   else
4510     Kind = 0; // local
4511 
4512   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4513 
4514   // Emit warning and note.
4515   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4516   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4517 }
4518 
4519 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4520 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4521   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4522         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4523     return;
4524 
4525   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4526                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4527   LookupName(R, S);
4528   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4529 }
4530 
4531 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4532 /// declaration.
4533 ///
4534 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4535 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4536 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4537 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4538 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4539 ///
4540 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4541 ///
4542 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4543 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4544                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4545   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4546   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4547     return false;
4548 
4549   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
4550 
4551   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4552     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4553       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4554     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4555     NewVD->setType(T);
4556   }
4557 
4558   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4559   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4560   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4561   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4562   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4563     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4564     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4565     return false;
4566   }
4567 
4568   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
4569   // scope.
4570   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
4571       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4572     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
4573     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4574     return false;
4575   }
4576 
4577   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4578       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4579     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4580       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4581     else {
4582       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4583       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4584     }
4585   }
4586 
4587   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4588   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4589       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4590     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4591 
4592   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4593       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4594     bool SizeIsNegative;
4595     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4596     QualType FixedTy =
4597         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4598                                             Oversized);
4599 
4600     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4601       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4602       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4603       // int a[10][n];
4604       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4605 
4606       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4607         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4608         << SizeRange;
4609       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4610         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4611         << SizeRange;
4612       else
4613         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4614         << SizeRange;
4615       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4616       return false;
4617     }
4618 
4619     if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
4620       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4621         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4622       else
4623         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4624       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4625       return false;
4626     }
4627 
4628     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4629     NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
4630   }
4631 
4632   if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
4633     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4634     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4635     // declaration with the same name.
4636     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4637       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4638     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
4639       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4640   }
4641 
4642   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4643     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4644       << T;
4645     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4646     return false;
4647   }
4648 
4649   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4650     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4651     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4652     return false;
4653   }
4654 
4655   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4656     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4657     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4658     return false;
4659   }
4660 
4661   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4662       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4663                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4664     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4665     return false;
4666   }
4667 
4668   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4669     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4670     return true;
4671   }
4672   return false;
4673 }
4674 
4675 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4676 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4677   Sema *S;
4678   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4679 };
4680 
4681 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4682 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4683 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4684 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4685                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4686                                  void *UserData) {
4687   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4688 
4689   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4690     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4691 
4692   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4693 
4694   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4695   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4696     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4697     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4698     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4699 
4700     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4701   }
4702 
4703   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4704        Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
4705        ++Path.Decls.first) {
4706     NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first;
4707     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4708       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4709         return true;
4710     }
4711   }
4712 
4713   return false;
4714 }
4715 
4716 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4717 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4718 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4719   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4720   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4721   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4722   Data.Method = MD;
4723   Data.S = this;
4724   bool AddedAny = false;
4725   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4726     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4727          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4728       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4729         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4730         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4731             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4732             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4733           AddedAny = true;
4734         }
4735       }
4736     }
4737   }
4738 
4739   return AddedAny;
4740 }
4741 
4742 namespace {
4743   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4744   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4745   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4746     Scope *S;
4747     Declarator &D;
4748     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4749     bool AddToScope;
4750   };
4751 }
4752 
4753 namespace {
4754 
4755 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4756 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4757 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4758  public:
4759   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4760                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4761       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4762         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4763 
4764   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4765     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4766       return false;
4767 
4768     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4769     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4770                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4771          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4772       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4773 
4774       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4775           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4776         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4777           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4778           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4779             return true;
4780         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4781           return true;
4782         }
4783       }
4784     }
4785 
4786     return false;
4787   }
4788 
4789  private:
4790   ASTContext &Context;
4791   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4792   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
4793 };
4794 
4795 }
4796 
4797 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
4798 ///
4799 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
4800 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
4801 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
4802 /// the same name.
4803 ///
4804 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
4805 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
4806 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
4807     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
4808     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
4809   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
4810   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
4811   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
4812   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
4813                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4814   llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4815   llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
4816   TypoCorrection Correction;
4817   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4818                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
4819   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
4820                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
4821 
4822   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
4823   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
4824   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
4825          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
4826   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
4827   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
4828                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
4829   if (!Prev.empty()) {
4830     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
4831          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4832       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
4833       if (FD &&
4834           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4835         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
4836         // involve a parameter
4837         unsigned ParamNum =
4838             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
4839         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
4840       }
4841     }
4842   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
4843   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
4844                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
4845                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
4846     // Trap errors.
4847     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
4848 
4849     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
4850     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
4851                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4852     Previous.clear();
4853     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
4854     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
4855                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
4856          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4857       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4858       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4859           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4860         Previous.addDecl(FD);
4861       }
4862     }
4863     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
4864     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
4865     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
4866     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
4867     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
4868         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
4869         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
4870         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
4871         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
4872     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
4873       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
4874       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
4875                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
4876       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
4877       Previous.clear();
4878       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
4879       Result = NULL;
4880     } else {
4881       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
4882                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
4883            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4884         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
4885           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
4886       }
4887     }
4888     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
4889       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
4890       Correction = TypoCorrection();
4891     } else {
4892       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
4893                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
4894     }
4895   }
4896 
4897   if (Correction) {
4898     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
4899     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4900     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
4901       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
4902     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
4903         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
4904         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4905             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
4906   } else {
4907     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
4908         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
4909   }
4910 
4911   bool NewFDisConst = false;
4912   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
4913     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
4914 
4915   for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
4916        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
4917        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
4918     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
4919     bool FDisConst = false;
4920     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
4921       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
4922 
4923     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
4924       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
4925       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
4926       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
4927       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
4928           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
4929     } else if (Correction) {
4930       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
4931           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4932     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
4933       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
4934           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
4935     } else
4936       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
4937   }
4938   return Result;
4939 }
4940 
4941 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
4942                                                           Declarator &D) {
4943   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
4944   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
4945   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
4946   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
4947   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
4948     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4949                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
4950     D.setInvalidType();
4951     break;
4952   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
4953   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
4954   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
4955     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
4956       // C99 6.7.1p5:
4957       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
4958       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
4959       //   other than extern
4960       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
4961       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4962                    diag::err_static_block_func);
4963       break;
4964     } else
4965       return SC_Static;
4966   }
4967   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4968   }
4969 
4970   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
4971   return SC_None;
4972 }
4973 
4974 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
4975                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
4976                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4977                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
4978                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
4979   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4980   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4981 
4982   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
4983   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
4984   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4985   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4986     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4987 
4988   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4989     // Determine whether the function was written with a
4990     // prototype. This true when:
4991     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
4992     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
4993     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
4994     bool HasPrototype =
4995       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
4996       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
4997 
4998     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
4999                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5000                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5001                                  HasPrototype);
5002     if (D.isInvalidType())
5003       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5004 
5005     // Set the lexical context.
5006     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5007 
5008     return NewFD;
5009   }
5010 
5011   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5012   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5013 
5014   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5015   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5016   // the class has been completely parsed.
5017   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5018       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5019                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5020                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5021                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5022     D.setInvalidType();
5023 
5024   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5025     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5026     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5027            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5028 
5029     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5030     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5031                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5032                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5033                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5034                                       isConstexpr);
5035 
5036   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5037     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5038     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5039       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5040       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5041       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5042                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5043                                         D.getLocStart(),
5044                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5045                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5046 
5047       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5048       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5049       // it yet.
5050       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5051           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5052           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5053         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5054       }
5055 
5056       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5057       return NewDD;
5058 
5059     } else {
5060       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5061       D.setInvalidType();
5062 
5063       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5064       // code path.
5065       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5066                                   D.getLocStart(),
5067                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5068                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5069                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5070     }
5071 
5072   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5073     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5074       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5075            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5076       return 0;
5077     }
5078 
5079     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5080     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5081     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5082                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5083                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5084                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5085 
5086   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5087     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5088     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5089     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5090     // constructor if it has no return type).
5091     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5092         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5093       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5094         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5095         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5096       return 0;
5097     }
5098 
5099     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
5100 
5101     // [class.free]p1:
5102     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
5103     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5104     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
5105         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
5106       isStatic = true;
5107 
5108     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
5109     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5110     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5111         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
5112       isStatic = true;
5113 
5114     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
5115 
5116     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5117     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5118                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5119                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5120                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5121 
5122   } else {
5123     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5124     // prototype. This true when:
5125     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5126     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5127                                 D.getLocStart(),
5128                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5129                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5130   }
5131 }
5132 
5133 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5134   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5135   // typedef of void is not permitted.
5136   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5137       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5138     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5139     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5140       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5141     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5142                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5143       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5144     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5145       << IsTypeAlias;
5146   }
5147 }
5148 
5149 NamedDecl*
5150 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5151                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5152                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5153                               bool &AddToScope) {
5154   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5155 
5156   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5157 
5158   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5159   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5160   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5161   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5162 
5163   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
5164     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
5165 
5166   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5167   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5168     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5169          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5170     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5171     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5172 
5173     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5174     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5175     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5176       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5177       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5178                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5179     }
5180     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5181       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5182   }
5183 
5184   bool isFriend = false;
5185   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5186   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5187   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5188 
5189   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5190   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5191   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5192 
5193   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5194 
5195   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5196                                               isVirtualOkay);
5197   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5198 
5199   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5200     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5201 
5202   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5203     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5204     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5205     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5206     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5207     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5208     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5209       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5210       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5211       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5212       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5213     }
5214 
5215     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
5216     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
5217     // return true).
5218     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
5219           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5220       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
5221         NewFD->setPure(true);
5222     }
5223 
5224     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5225     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5226     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5227     if (D.isInvalidType())
5228       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5229 
5230     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5231     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5232     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5233     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5234 
5235     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5236     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5237     bool Invalid = false;
5238     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5239           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5240                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5241                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5242                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5243                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5244                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5245                                   isFriend,
5246                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5247                                   Invalid)) {
5248       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5249         // This is a function template
5250 
5251         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5252         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5253           return 0;
5254 
5255         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5256         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5257           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5258           return 0;
5259         }
5260 
5261         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5262         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5263         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5264         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5265           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5266           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5267             Invalid = true;
5268         }
5269 
5270 
5271         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5272                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5273                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5274                                                         NewFD);
5275         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5276         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5277 
5278         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5279         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5280           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5281                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5282                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
5283         }
5284       } else {
5285         // This is a function template specialization.
5286         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5287         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5288         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5289                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5290                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5291 
5292         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5293         if (isFriend) {
5294           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5295           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5296 
5297           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5298           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5299           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5300           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5301           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5302           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5303           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5304             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5305             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5306           }
5307 
5308           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5309             << Name << RemoveRange
5310             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5311             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5312         }
5313       }
5314     }
5315     else {
5316       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5317       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5318       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5319         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5320         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5321                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5322                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5323     }
5324 
5325     if (Invalid) {
5326       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5327       if (FunctionTemplate)
5328         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5329     }
5330 
5331     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5332     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5333     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5334     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5335     //
5336     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5337       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5338         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5339              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5340       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5341         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5342         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5343              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5344           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5345       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5346         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5347         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5348         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5349              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5350           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5351       } else {
5352         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5353         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5354       }
5355     }
5356 
5357     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5358     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5359     //  declaration.
5360     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5361       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5362         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5363         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5364              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5365           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5366       }
5367     }
5368 
5369     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5370     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5371     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5372     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5373     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5374       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5375         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5376         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5377              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5378           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5379       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5380                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5381         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5382         // or conversion function.
5383         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5384              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5385           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5386       }
5387     }
5388 
5389     if (isConstexpr) {
5390       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5391       // are implicitly inline.
5392       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5393 
5394       // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5395       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5396       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5397       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5398         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5399     }
5400 
5401     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5402     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5403       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5404         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5405           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5406         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5407           << 0
5408           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5409       } else {
5410         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5411         if (FunctionTemplate)
5412           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5413       }
5414     }
5415 
5416     if (isFriend) {
5417       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5418       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5419         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5420         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5421       }
5422       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5423       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5424     }
5425 
5426     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5427     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5428       case FDK_Declaration:
5429       case FDK_Definition:
5430         break;
5431 
5432       case FDK_Defaulted:
5433         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5434         break;
5435 
5436       case FDK_Deleted:
5437         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5438         break;
5439     }
5440 
5441     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5442         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5443       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5444       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5445       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5446       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5447     }
5448 
5449     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5450         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5451       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5452       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5453       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5454       //   the class.
5455 
5456       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5457       // member function definition.
5458       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5459            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5460         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5461     }
5462   }
5463 
5464   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5465   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5466                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5467                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5468 
5469   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5470   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5471     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5472     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5473     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5474                                                 SE->getString()));
5475   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5476     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5477       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5478     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5479       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5480       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5481     }
5482   }
5483 
5484   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5485   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5486   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5487   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5488     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5489 
5490     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5491     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5492     // single void argument.
5493     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5494     // already checks for that case.
5495     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5496         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5497         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5498       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5499       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
5500     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5501       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5502         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5503         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5504         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5505         Params.push_back(Param);
5506 
5507         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5508           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5509       }
5510     }
5511 
5512   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5513     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5514     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5515     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5516     //
5517     // @code
5518     // typedef void fn(int);
5519     // fn f;
5520     // @endcode
5521 
5522     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5523     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5524          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5525       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5526         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5527       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5528       Params.push_back(Param);
5529     }
5530   } else {
5531     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5532            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5533   }
5534 
5535   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5536   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5537 
5538   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5539   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5540   //
5541   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5542   //
5543   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5544   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5545   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5546 
5547   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5548   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5549                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5550 
5551   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5552   // because all functions have linkage.
5553   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5554       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5555     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5556     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5557   }
5558 
5559   // Handle attributes.
5560   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5561                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5562 
5563   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5564     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5565     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5566     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5567       if (NewFD->isMain())
5568         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5569       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5570                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5571     }
5572     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
5573     else if (!Previous.empty())
5574            D.setRedeclaration(true);
5575     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5576             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5577            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5578   } else {
5579     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5580     // argument list into our AST format.
5581     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5582       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5583       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5584       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5585       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5586                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5587       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5588                                  TemplateArgs);
5589 
5590       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5591 
5592       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5593         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5594       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5595         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5596         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5597           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5598 
5599         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5600       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5601                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5602         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5603         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5604         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5605         // too few of them).
5606         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5607           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5608           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5609                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5610                                         "template<> ");
5611         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5612       } else {
5613         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5614         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5615       }
5616     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5617       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5618       // wrote something like:
5619       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5620       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5621       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5622       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5623       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5624         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5625       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5626     }
5627 
5628     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5629     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5630     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5631     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5632     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5633     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5634         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5635          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5636             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5637             InstantiationDependent))) {
5638       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5639              "friend function specialization without template args");
5640       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5641                                                        Previous))
5642         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5643     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5644       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5645           && !isFriend) {
5646         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5647         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5648           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5649           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5650           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5651       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5652                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5653                                                      Previous))
5654         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5655 
5656       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5657       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5658       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5659       if (SC != SC_None) {
5660         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5661           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5662                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5663             << SC
5664             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5665                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5666 
5667         else
5668           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5669                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5670             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5671                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5672       }
5673 
5674     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5675       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5676           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5677     }
5678 
5679     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5680     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5681       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5682         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5683         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5684         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5685           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5686       } else {
5687         if (NewFD->isMain())
5688           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5689         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5690                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5691       }
5692     }
5693 
5694     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5695             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5696            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5697 
5698     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5699                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5700                                 : NewFD);
5701 
5702     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5703       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5704       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5705         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5706 
5707       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5708       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5709 
5710       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5711     }
5712 
5713     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5714         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5715       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5716 
5717     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5718     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5719     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5720       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5721                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5722       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5723                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5724                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5725                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5726                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5727                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5728                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5729                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5730                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5731                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5732                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5733     }
5734 
5735     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5736       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5737     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5738       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5739                                        AddToScope };
5740       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5741       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5742         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5743 
5744       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5745       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5746         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5747         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5748 
5749         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5750         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5751         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5752         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5753         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5754         // can actually do this check immediately.
5755         if (isFriend &&
5756             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5757              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5758              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5759           // ignore these
5760         } else {
5761           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5762           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
5763           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
5764           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
5765           //
5766           // class X {
5767           //   void f() const;
5768           // };
5769           //
5770           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
5771           //
5772           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
5773           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
5774           // whether the parameter types are references).
5775 
5776           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5777                                                                NewFD,
5778                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
5779             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5780             return Result;
5781           }
5782         }
5783 
5784         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
5785         // to something.
5786       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
5787         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
5788                                                              NewFD,
5789                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
5790           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
5791           return Result;
5792         }
5793       }
5794 
5795     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5796                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5797                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
5798       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
5799       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5800       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
5801       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
5802       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
5803       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
5804       // generate them.
5805       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
5806         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5807     }
5808   }
5809 
5810   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
5811 
5812   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
5813       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5814     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5815          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
5816       << NewFD;
5817 
5818     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
5819     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
5820     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5821     EPI.Variadic = true;
5822     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
5823 
5824     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
5825     NewFD->setType(R);
5826   }
5827 
5828   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
5829   // member, set the visibility of this function.
5830   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
5831     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
5832 
5833   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
5834   // marking the function.
5835   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
5836 
5837   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
5838   // map of such names.
5839   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
5840       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5841     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
5842 
5843   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
5844   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
5845 
5846   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5847     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5848       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5849         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5850       return FunctionTemplate;
5851     }
5852   }
5853 
5854   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
5855   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5856       && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()
5857       && (SC == SC_Static)) {
5858     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
5859     D.setInvalidType();
5860   }
5861 
5862   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
5863 
5864   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
5865     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
5866       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5867           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5868         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
5869           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
5870             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
5871 
5872           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
5873         }
5874       }
5875 
5876   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
5877   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
5878   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
5879   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5880     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
5881                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
5882                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
5883                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
5884                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
5885     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
5886     AddToScope = false;
5887   }
5888 
5889   return NewFD;
5890 }
5891 
5892 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
5893 ///
5894 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
5895 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
5896 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
5897 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
5898 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
5899 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
5900 /// via InstantiateDecl).
5901 ///
5902 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
5903 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
5904 ///
5905 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
5906 ///
5907 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
5908 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5909                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5910                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
5911   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
5912          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
5913 
5914   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
5915   if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
5916     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
5917     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
5918     // declaration with the same name.
5919     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5920       = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
5921     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
5922       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5923   }
5924 
5925   bool Redeclaration = false;
5926 
5927   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
5928   // the same name, if appropriate.
5929   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5930     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
5931     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
5932     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
5933     // function to the scope.
5934 
5935     NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
5936     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
5937       Redeclaration = true;
5938       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
5939     } else {
5940       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
5941                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
5942       case Ovl_Match:
5943         Redeclaration = true;
5944         break;
5945 
5946       case Ovl_NonFunction:
5947         Redeclaration = true;
5948         break;
5949 
5950       case Ovl_Overload:
5951         Redeclaration = false;
5952         break;
5953       }
5954 
5955       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
5956         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
5957         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
5958         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
5959           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
5960         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
5961         if (Redeclaration)
5962           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
5963         else if (!Previous.empty())
5964           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5965         if (OverloadedDecl)
5966           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
5967                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
5968         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
5969                                                         Context));
5970       }
5971     }
5972 
5973     if (Redeclaration) {
5974       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
5975       // merged.
5976       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
5977         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5978         return Redeclaration;
5979       }
5980 
5981       Previous.clear();
5982       Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
5983 
5984       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
5985                                     = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5986         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
5987         FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
5988           = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
5989         assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
5990         if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
5991               = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
5992           Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5993           NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
5994         }
5995 
5996         // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
5997         // template, mark it as a member specialization.
5998         if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
5999             NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
6000           NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
6001           assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
6002         }
6003 
6004       } else {
6005         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
6006           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
6007         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6008       }
6009     }
6010   }
6011 
6012   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6013   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6014     // C++-specific checks.
6015     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6016       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6017     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6018                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6019       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6020       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6021 
6022       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6023       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6024       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6025         DeclarationName Name
6026           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6027                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6028         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6029           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6030           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6031           return Redeclaration;
6032         }
6033       }
6034     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6035                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6036       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6037     }
6038 
6039     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6040     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6041       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6042           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6043         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6044           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6045           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6046             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual)
6047               << NewFD->getDeclName();
6048             for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
6049                       Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(),
6050                    OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods();
6051                  Overridden != OverriddenEnd;
6052                  ++Overridden) {
6053               Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(),
6054                    diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6055             }
6056           }
6057         }
6058       }
6059 
6060       if (Method->isStatic())
6061         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6062     }
6063 
6064     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6065     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6066         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6067       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6068       return Redeclaration;
6069     }
6070 
6071     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6072     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6073         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6074       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6075       return Redeclaration;
6076     }
6077 
6078     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6079     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6080     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6081     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6082       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6083 
6084     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6085     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6086     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6087       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6088       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6089       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6090         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6091         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6092         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6093       }
6094     }
6095 
6096     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6097     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6098     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6099     if (NewFD->isExternC()) {
6100       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6101       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6102         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6103             << NewFD << R;
6104       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6105                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6106         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6107     }
6108   }
6109   return Redeclaration;
6110 }
6111 
6112 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6113   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6114   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6115   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
6116   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
6117   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6118   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6119     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6120          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6121       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6122   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6123     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6124       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6125   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6126     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6127       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6128     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6129   }
6130 
6131   QualType T = FD->getType();
6132   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6133   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6134 
6135   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6136   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6137     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6138     // set the flag which tells us that.
6139     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6140     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6141 
6142   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6143   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6144   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6145   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6146     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6147 
6148   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6149   } else {
6150     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6151     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6152   }
6153 
6154   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6155   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6156 
6157   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6158   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6159   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6160 
6161   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6162 
6163   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6164   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6165   // getting shifty.
6166   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6167     HasExtraParameters = false;
6168 
6169   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6170     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6171     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6172     nparams = 3;
6173   }
6174 
6175   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6176   // if we had some location information about types.
6177 
6178   QualType CharPP =
6179     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6180   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6181 
6182   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6183     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6184 
6185     bool mismatch = true;
6186 
6187     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6188       mismatch = false;
6189     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6190       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6191       //   char const **
6192       //   char const * const *
6193       //   char * const *
6194 
6195       QualifierCollector qs;
6196       const PointerType* PT;
6197       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6198           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6199           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6200         qs.removeConst();
6201         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6202       }
6203     }
6204 
6205     if (mismatch) {
6206       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6207       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6208       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6209     }
6210   }
6211 
6212   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6213     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6214   }
6215 
6216   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6217     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6218     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6219   }
6220 }
6221 
6222 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6223   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6224   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6225   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6226   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6227   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6228   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6229   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6230   // rules there don't matter.)
6231   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6232     return false;
6233   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6234     << Init->getSourceRange();
6235   return true;
6236 }
6237 
6238 namespace {
6239   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6240   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6241   class SelfReferenceChecker
6242       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6243     Sema &S;
6244     Decl *OrigDecl;
6245     bool isRecordType;
6246     bool isPODType;
6247     bool isReferenceType;
6248 
6249   public:
6250     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6251 
6252     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6253                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6254       isPODType = false;
6255       isRecordType = false;
6256       isReferenceType = false;
6257       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6258         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6259         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6260         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
6261       }
6262     }
6263 
6264     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6265     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6266     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6267     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6268       if (isReferenceType)
6269         return;
6270       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6271       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6272         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6273         return;
6274       }
6275 
6276       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6277         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6278         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6279         return;
6280       }
6281 
6282       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6283         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6284         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6285           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
6286           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6287             return;
6288           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6289         }
6290         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
6291           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6292         return;
6293       }
6294     }
6295 
6296     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
6297     // bad, not just r-value uses.
6298     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
6299       if (isReferenceType)
6300         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
6301     }
6302 
6303     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6304       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
6305           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6306         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6307 
6308       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6309     }
6310 
6311     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6312       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6313       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6314 
6315       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
6316       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
6317       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
6318       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
6319       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6320       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6321         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6322           Warn = false;
6323         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6324       }
6325 
6326       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
6327         if (Warn)
6328           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6329         return;
6330       }
6331 
6332       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
6333       // Visit that expression.
6334       Visit(Base);
6335     }
6336 
6337     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6338       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6339       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
6340           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
6341         if (!isPODType)
6342           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6343         return;
6344       }
6345       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6346     }
6347 
6348     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6349 
6350     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6351       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6352       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6353       unsigned diag = isReferenceType
6354           ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init
6355           : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
6356       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6357                             S.PDiag(diag)
6358                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
6359                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6360                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6361     }
6362   };
6363 
6364   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6365   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
6366                                  bool DirectInit) {
6367     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
6368     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
6369     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
6370       return;
6371 
6372     E = E->IgnoreParens();
6373 
6374     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
6375     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6376     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
6377       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
6378         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
6379           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
6380             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
6381               return;
6382 
6383     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
6384   }
6385 }
6386 
6387 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6388 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6389 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6390 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6391                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6392   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6393   // the initializer.
6394   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6395     return;
6396 
6397   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6398     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6399     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6400     // Thus this grotesque test.
6401     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6402     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6403         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6404       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6405     else {
6406       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6407         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6408       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6409     }
6410     return;
6411   }
6412 
6413   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6414   if (!VDecl) {
6415     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6416     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6417     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6418     return;
6419   }
6420 
6421   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6422 
6423   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6424   AutoType *Auto = 0;
6425   if (TypeMayContainAuto &&
6426       (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) &&
6427       !Auto->isDeduced()) {
6428     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6429     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6430     // contains exactly one expression.
6431     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6432       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6433         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6434         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6435         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6436              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6437           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6438           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6439         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6440         return;
6441       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6442         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6443              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6444           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6445           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6446         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6447         return;
6448       } else {
6449         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6450       }
6451     }
6452     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6453     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6454             DAR_Failed)
6455       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6456     if (!DeducedType) {
6457       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6458       return;
6459     }
6460     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6461     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6462     VDecl->ClearLinkageCache();
6463 
6464     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6465     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6466       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6467 
6468     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6469     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6470     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6471     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6472     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6473         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6474       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6475       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6476         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6477     }
6478 
6479     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6480     // the previously declared type.
6481     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6482       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6483   }
6484 
6485   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6486     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6487     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6488     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6489     return;
6490   }
6491 
6492   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6493     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6494     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6495     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6496     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6497     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6498       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6499     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6500                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6501       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6502       return;
6503     }
6504 
6505     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6506     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6507                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6508                                AbstractVariableType))
6509       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6510   }
6511 
6512   const VarDecl *Def;
6513   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6514     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6515       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6516     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6517     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6518     return;
6519   }
6520 
6521   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6522   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6523     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6524     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6525     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6526     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6527     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6528     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6529     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6530     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6531     //
6532     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6533     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6534     // declaration with an initializer.
6535     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6536       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6537         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6538       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6539       return;
6540     }
6541 
6542     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6543       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6544 
6545     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6546       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6547       return;
6548     }
6549   }
6550 
6551   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6552   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6553   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6554     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6555     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6556     return;
6557   }
6558 
6559   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6560   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6561   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6562 
6563   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6564   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6565   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6566     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6567       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6568       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6569         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6570         return;
6571       }
6572       Init = Result.take();
6573     }
6574 
6575   // Perform the initialization.
6576   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6577     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6578     InitializationKind Kind
6579       = DirectInit ?
6580           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6581                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6582                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6583                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6584                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6585                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6586                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6587 
6588     Expr **Args = &Init;
6589     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6590     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6591       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6592       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6593     }
6594     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6595     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6596                                         MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT);
6597     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6598       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6599       return;
6600     }
6601 
6602     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6603   }
6604 
6605   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6606   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
6607   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
6608   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
6609       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
6610     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
6611   }
6612 
6613   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6614   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6615   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6616   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6617   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6618     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6619 
6620   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6621   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6622 
6623   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6624     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6625 
6626     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6627       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
6628 
6629     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
6630     // Although this code can still have problems:
6631     //   id x = self.weakProp;
6632     //   id y = self.weakProp;
6633     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
6634     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
6635     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
6636     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
6637       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
6638         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
6639                                  Init->getLocStart());
6640       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
6641         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
6642     }
6643   }
6644 
6645   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6646   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6647   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6648 
6649   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6650     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6651     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6652     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6653     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6654         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6655       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6656   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6657              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6658     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6659     //
6660     // struct S {
6661     //   static const int value = 17;
6662     // };
6663 
6664     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6665     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6666     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6667     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6668     //
6669     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6670     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6671     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6672     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6673     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6674     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6675     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6676     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6677     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6678 
6679     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6680     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6681 
6682     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6683     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6684     // type.
6685     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6686 
6687     // Require constness.
6688     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6689       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6690         << Init->getSourceRange();
6691       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6692 
6693     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6694     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6695       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6696       SourceLocation Loc;
6697       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6698         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6699         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6700         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6701       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6702         ; // Nothing to check.
6703       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6704         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6705       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6706         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6707         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6708         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6709           << Init->getSourceRange();
6710       } else {
6711         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6712         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6713         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6714           << Init->getSourceRange();
6715         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6716       }
6717 
6718     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6719     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6720       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6721         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6722       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x)
6723         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6724              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6725           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6726 
6727       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6728         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6729           << Init->getSourceRange();
6730         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6731       }
6732 
6733     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6734     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6735       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6736         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6737         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6738       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6739 
6740     } else {
6741       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6742         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6743       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6744     }
6745   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
6746     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
6747         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
6748          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
6749       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
6750 
6751     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
6752     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6753       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6754   }
6755 
6756   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
6757   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
6758   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
6759   //
6760   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
6761   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
6762   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
6763   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
6764   // special case code.
6765 
6766   // C++ 8.5p11:
6767   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
6768   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
6769   // class type.
6770   if (CXXDirectInit) {
6771     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
6772     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
6773   } else if (DirectInit) {
6774     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
6775     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
6776   }
6777 
6778   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
6779 }
6780 
6781 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
6782 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
6783 /// of sanity.
6784 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
6785   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
6786   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
6787   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
6788 
6789   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6790   if (!VD) return;
6791 
6792   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
6793   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
6794     D->setInvalidDecl();
6795     return;
6796   }
6797 
6798   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
6799   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
6800 
6801   // Require a complete type.
6802   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
6803                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
6804                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6805     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6806     return;
6807   }
6808 
6809   // Require an abstract type.
6810   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
6811                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6812                              AbstractVariableType)) {
6813     VD->setInvalidDecl();
6814     return;
6815   }
6816 
6817   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
6818   // though.
6819 }
6820 
6821 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
6822                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6823   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
6824   if (RealDecl == 0)
6825     return;
6826 
6827   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6828     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6829 
6830     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
6831     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
6832       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
6833         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
6834       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6835       return;
6836     }
6837 
6838     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
6839     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
6840     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
6841     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
6842     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
6843     // member.
6844     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6845       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
6846         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6847              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
6848           << Var->getDeclName();
6849       else
6850         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
6851       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6852       return;
6853     }
6854 
6855     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
6856     case VarDecl::Definition:
6857       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
6858         break;
6859 
6860       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
6861       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
6862       // a declaration.
6863       //
6864       // Fall through
6865 
6866     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
6867       // It's only a declaration.
6868 
6869       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
6870       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
6871       // object shall be complete.
6872       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
6873           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6874           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6875                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
6876         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6877 
6878       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
6879       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6880           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6881                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6882                                  AbstractVariableType))
6883         Var->setInvalidDecl();
6884       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
6885           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
6886         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
6887         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
6888       }
6889 
6890       return;
6891 
6892     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
6893       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
6894       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
6895       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
6896       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
6897       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
6898       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
6899         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
6900                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
6901           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6902                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
6903                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
6904             Var->setInvalidDecl();
6905         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6906           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
6907           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
6908           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
6909           // NOTE: code such as the following
6910           //     static struct s;
6911           //     struct s { int a; };
6912           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
6913           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
6914           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
6915           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
6916             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6917                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
6918         }
6919       }
6920 
6921       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
6922       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
6923         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
6924       return;
6925     }
6926 
6927     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6928     // definitions with incomplete array type.
6929     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
6930       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
6931            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
6932       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6933       return;
6934     }
6935 
6936     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
6937     // definitions with reference type.
6938     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
6939       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
6940         << Var->getDeclName()
6941         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
6942       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6943       return;
6944     }
6945 
6946     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
6947     // variable with dependent type.
6948     if (Type->isDependentType())
6949       return;
6950 
6951     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
6952       return;
6953 
6954     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
6955                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
6956                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6957       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6958       return;
6959     }
6960 
6961     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6962     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
6963                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6964                                AbstractVariableType)) {
6965       Var->setInvalidDecl();
6966       return;
6967     }
6968 
6969     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
6970     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
6971     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
6972     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
6973     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
6974     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
6975     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
6976     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
6977     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
6978     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
6979     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
6980       if (const RecordType *Record
6981             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6982         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
6983         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
6984         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
6985         // incompatibilities with C++98.
6986         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
6987           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6988       }
6989     }
6990 
6991     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
6992     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
6993     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
6994     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
6995     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
6996     //   type shall have a user-declared default
6997     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
6998     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
6999     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
7000     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
7001     //   program is ill-formed.
7002     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
7003     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
7004     //   default-initialized; [...].
7005     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
7006     InitializationKind Kind
7007       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
7008 
7009     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
7010     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg());
7011     if (Init.isInvalid())
7012       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7013     else if (Init.get()) {
7014       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
7015       // This is important for template substitution.
7016       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7017     }
7018 
7019     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
7020   }
7021 }
7022 
7023 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
7024   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7025   if (!VD) {
7026     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
7027     D->setInvalidDecl();
7028     return;
7029   }
7030 
7031   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
7032 
7033   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
7034   int Error = -1;
7035   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
7036   case SC_None:
7037     break;
7038   case SC_Extern:
7039     Error = 0;
7040     break;
7041   case SC_Static:
7042     Error = 1;
7043     break;
7044   case SC_PrivateExtern:
7045     Error = 2;
7046     break;
7047   case SC_Auto:
7048     Error = 3;
7049     break;
7050   case SC_Register:
7051     Error = 4;
7052     break;
7053   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
7054     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
7055   }
7056   if (VD->isConstexpr())
7057     Error = 5;
7058   if (Error != -1) {
7059     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
7060       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
7061     D->setInvalidDecl();
7062   }
7063 }
7064 
7065 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
7066   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7067 
7068   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
7069   // local retaining variable.
7070   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7071       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7072     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
7073     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
7074     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
7075     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
7076       break;
7077 
7078     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
7079     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
7080       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7081       break;
7082     }
7083   }
7084 
7085   // All the following checks are C++ only.
7086   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
7087 
7088   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType());
7089   if (baseType->isDependentType()) return;
7090 
7091   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
7092   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7093     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
7094     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
7095 
7096     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
7097     // constructing this copy.
7098     QualType type = var->getType();
7099 
7100     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
7101       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
7102       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
7103       ExprResult result =
7104         PerformCopyInitialization(
7105                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
7106                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
7107       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
7108         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
7109         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
7110         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
7111       }
7112     }
7113   }
7114 
7115   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
7116   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
7117 
7118   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) {
7119     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
7120         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
7121                                             var->getLocation())
7122           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
7123         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
7124       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
7125         << Init->getSourceRange();
7126 
7127     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
7128       llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
7129       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
7130         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
7131         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
7132         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
7133         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
7134               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
7135           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
7136           Notes.clear();
7137         }
7138         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
7139           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
7140         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
7141           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
7142       }
7143     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
7144       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
7145       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
7146       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
7147       var->checkInitIsICE();
7148     }
7149   }
7150 
7151   // Require the destructor.
7152   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
7153     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
7154 }
7155 
7156 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
7157 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
7158 void
7159 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
7160   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
7161   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
7162 
7163   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
7164   // tag values.
7165   if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
7166     const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
7167     if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7168       for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
7169                I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
7170                E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
7171            I != E; ++I) {
7172         const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
7173         if (!MagicValueExpr) {
7174           continue;
7175         }
7176         llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
7177         if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
7178           Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7179                diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
7180             << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7181           continue;
7182         }
7183         if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
7184           Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7185                diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
7186             << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7187           continue;
7188         }
7189         uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
7190         RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
7191                                    MagicValue,
7192                                    I->getMatchingCType(),
7193                                    I->getLayoutCompatible(),
7194                                    I->getMustBeNull());
7195       }
7196     }
7197   }
7198 }
7199 
7200 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7201 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7202                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7203   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
7204 
7205   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
7206     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
7207 
7208   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7209     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
7210       Decls.push_back(D);
7211 
7212   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
7213                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
7214 }
7215 
7216 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
7217 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
7218 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7219 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
7220                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7221   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
7222   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
7223   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
7224   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
7225   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
7226   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
7227   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
7228   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7229     QualType Deduced;
7230     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7231     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7232     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7233       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7234         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7235         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7236         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7237           break;
7238         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7239           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7240           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7241           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7242             Deduced = U;
7243             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7244             DeducedDecl = D;
7245           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7246             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7247                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7248               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7249               << U << D->getDeclName()
7250               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7251               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7252             D->setInvalidDecl();
7253             break;
7254           }
7255         }
7256       }
7257     }
7258   }
7259 
7260   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
7261 
7262   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7263 }
7264 
7265 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
7266   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
7267 }
7268 
7269 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7270   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
7271   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
7272    return;
7273 
7274   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
7275                                Group[0]->getLocation())
7276         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7277     return;
7278 
7279   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
7280     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
7281     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
7282     // additional declaration references:
7283     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
7284     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
7285     //   'struct S *pS;'
7286     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
7287     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
7288     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
7289       Group++;
7290       NumDecls--;
7291     }
7292   }
7293 
7294   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
7295   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
7296   if (!Comments.empty() &&
7297       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
7298     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
7299     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
7300     //
7301     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
7302     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
7303     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
7304     // ahead through comments.
7305     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7306       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
7307   }
7308 }
7309 
7310 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7311 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7312 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7313   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7314 
7315   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7316   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7317   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7318   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7319   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7320     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7321     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7322   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7323              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7324     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7325     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7326   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7327     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7328          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7329     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7330   }
7331 
7332   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7333     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7334   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7335     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7336       << 0;
7337 
7338   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7339 
7340   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7341   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7342 
7343   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7344     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7345     // parameter.
7346     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7347 
7348     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7349     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7350       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7351         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7352       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7353     }
7354   }
7355 
7356   // Ensure we have a valid name
7357   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7358   if (D.hasName()) {
7359     II = D.getIdentifier();
7360     if (!II) {
7361       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7362         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7363       D.setInvalidType(true);
7364     }
7365   }
7366 
7367   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7368   if (II) {
7369     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7370                    ForRedeclaration);
7371     LookupName(R, S);
7372     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7373       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7374       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7375         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7376         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7377         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7378         PrevDecl = 0;
7379       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7380         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7381         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7382 
7383         // Recover by removing the name
7384         II = 0;
7385         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7386         D.setInvalidType(true);
7387       }
7388     }
7389   }
7390 
7391   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7392   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7393   // looking like class members in C++.
7394   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7395                                     D.getLocStart(),
7396                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7397                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7398                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7399 
7400   if (D.isInvalidType())
7401     New->setInvalidDecl();
7402 
7403   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7404   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7405   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7406                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7407 
7408   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7409   S->AddDecl(New);
7410   if (II)
7411     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7412 
7413   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7414 
7415   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7416     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7417       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7418       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7419       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7420 
7421   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7422     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7423   }
7424   return New;
7425 }
7426 
7427 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7428 /// typedef.
7429 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7430                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7431                                               QualType T) {
7432   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7433      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7434      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7435   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7436                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7437                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7438   Param->setImplicit();
7439   return Param;
7440 }
7441 
7442 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7443                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7444   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7445   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7446   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7447     return;
7448 
7449   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7450     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7451         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7452       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7453         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7454     }
7455   }
7456 }
7457 
7458 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7459                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7460                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7461                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7462   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7463     return;
7464 
7465   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7466   // threshold.
7467   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7468     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7469     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7470       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7471           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7472   }
7473 
7474   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7475   // threshold.
7476   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7477     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7478     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7479       continue;
7480     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7481     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7482       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7483           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7484   }
7485 }
7486 
7487 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7488                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7489                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7490                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7491                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7492   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7493   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7494       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7495       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7496 
7497     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7498 
7499     // Special cases for arrays:
7500     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7501     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7502     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7503       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7504         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7505             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7506             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7507       }
7508       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7509     } else {
7510       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7511     }
7512     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7513   }
7514 
7515   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7516                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7517                                          TSInfo,
7518                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7519                                          0);
7520 
7521   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7522   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7523   // the class has been completely parsed.
7524   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7525       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7526                              AbstractParamType))
7527     New->setInvalidDecl();
7528 
7529   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7530   // passed by reference.
7531   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7532     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7533     Diag(NameLoc,
7534          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7535       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7536     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7537     New->setType(T);
7538   }
7539 
7540   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7541   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7542   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7543   // an address space.
7544   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7545     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7546     New->setInvalidDecl();
7547   }
7548 
7549   return New;
7550 }
7551 
7552 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7553                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7554   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7555 
7556   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7557   // for a K&R function.
7558   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7559     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7560       --i;
7561       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7562         SmallString<256> Code;
7563         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7564                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7565                                         << ";\n";
7566         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7567           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7568           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7569 
7570         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7571         // type.
7572         AttributeFactory attrs;
7573         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7574         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7575         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7576         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7577                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7578         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7579         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7580         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7581       }
7582     }
7583   }
7584 }
7585 
7586 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7587   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7588   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7589   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7590 
7591   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7592   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
7593   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7594 }
7595 
7596 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7597   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7598   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7599     return false;
7600 
7601   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7602   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7603     return false;
7604 
7605   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7606   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7607     return false;
7608 
7609   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7610   if (FD->isMain())
7611     return false;
7612 
7613   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7614   if (FD->isInlined())
7615     return false;
7616 
7617   // Don't warn about function templates.
7618   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7619     return false;
7620 
7621   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7622   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7623     return false;
7624 
7625   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
7626   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
7627     return false;
7628 
7629   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7630   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7631        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7632     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7633     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7634     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7635       continue;
7636 
7637     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7638     break;
7639   }
7640 
7641   return MissingPrototype;
7642 }
7643 
7644 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7645   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7646   // was an extern inline function.
7647   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7648   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7649       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7650     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7651         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7652       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7653         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7654     else
7655       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7656     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7657     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7658   }
7659 }
7660 
7661 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7662   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7663   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7664 
7665   if (!D)
7666     return D;
7667   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7668 
7669   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7670     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7671   else
7672     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7673 
7674   // Enter a new function scope
7675   PushFunctionScope();
7676 
7677   // See if this is a redefinition.
7678   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7679     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7680 
7681   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7682   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7683     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7684       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7685       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7686     }
7687   }
7688 
7689   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7690   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7691   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7692   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7693       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7694       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7695                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7696     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7697 
7698   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7699   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7700   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7701   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7702   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7703   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
7704     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7705 
7706   if (FnBodyScope)
7707     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
7708 
7709   // Check the validity of our function parameters
7710   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7711                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
7712 
7713   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
7714   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
7715     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
7716     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
7717 
7718     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
7719     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
7720       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
7721 
7722       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
7723     }
7724   }
7725 
7726   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
7727   // introduce them into the function scope.
7728   if (FnBodyScope) {
7729     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
7730            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
7731       NamedDecl *D = *I;
7732 
7733       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
7734       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
7735       // and reattach to the current context.
7736       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
7737         // Is the decl actually in the context?
7738         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
7739                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
7740           if (*DI == D) {
7741             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
7742             break;
7743           }
7744         }
7745         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
7746         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7747       }
7748 
7749       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
7750       if (!D->getName().empty())
7751         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7752 
7753       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
7754       // accessible in this scope.
7755       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
7756         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
7757                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
7758           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
7759       }
7760     }
7761   }
7762 
7763   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
7764   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
7765     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
7766 
7767   // Checking attributes of current function definition
7768   // dllimport attribute.
7769   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
7770   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
7771     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
7772     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
7773     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
7774         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
7775       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7776            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
7777         << "dllimport";
7778       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7779       return FD;
7780     }
7781 
7782     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
7783     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
7784     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
7785       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
7786       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
7787       // emitted.
7788       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7789            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
7790         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
7791     }
7792   }
7793   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
7794   // a function template).
7795   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
7796   return FD;
7797 }
7798 
7799 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
7800 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
7801 /// optimization.
7802 ///
7803 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
7804 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
7805 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
7806 /// use the named return value optimization.
7807 ///
7808 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
7809 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
7810 /// the NRVO variable.
7811 ///
7812 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
7813 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
7814 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
7815 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
7816   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
7817 
7818   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
7819   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7820     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7821       return;
7822 
7823     if (!NRVOCandidate)
7824       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
7825     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
7826       return;
7827   }
7828 
7829   if (NRVOCandidate)
7830     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
7831 }
7832 
7833 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
7834   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
7835 }
7836 
7837 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
7838                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
7839   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7840   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
7841   if (FunTmpl)
7842     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7843   else
7844     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
7845 
7846   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
7847   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
7848 
7849   if (FD) {
7850     FD->setBody(Body);
7851 
7852     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
7853     // don't complain about missing return statements.
7854     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
7855       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
7856 
7857     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
7858     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
7859     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
7860       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
7861 
7862     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7863       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
7864       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
7865                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
7866 
7867       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
7868       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
7869         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
7870 
7871       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
7872       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
7873       // to deduce an implicit return type.
7874       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
7875           !FD->isDependentContext())
7876         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7877     }
7878 
7879     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
7880            "Function parsing confused");
7881   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
7882     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
7883     MD->setBody(Body);
7884     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7885       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
7886       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
7887                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
7888 
7889       if (Body)
7890         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
7891     }
7892     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) {
7893       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
7894         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
7895       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false;
7896     }
7897     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) {
7898       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize);
7899       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false;
7900     }
7901   } else {
7902     return 0;
7903   }
7904 
7905   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc &&
7906          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
7907          "handled in the block above.");
7908   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize &&
7909          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
7910          "handled in the block above.");
7911 
7912   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
7913   if (Body) {
7914     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
7915     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
7916     // Verify this.
7917     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
7918       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
7919 
7920     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
7921     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
7922         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7923         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
7924         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
7925       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
7926 
7927     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
7928       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
7929         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
7930 
7931       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
7932                                              Destructor->getParent());
7933     }
7934 
7935     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7936     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7937     // deletion in some later function.
7938     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
7939         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
7940       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7941     } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7942       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
7943       // enabled.
7944       ActivePolicy = &WP;
7945     }
7946 
7947     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7948         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
7949          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
7950       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7951 
7952     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
7953     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
7954     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
7955            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
7956   }
7957 
7958   if (!IsInstantiation)
7959     PopDeclContext();
7960 
7961   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
7962 
7963   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
7964   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
7965   // deletion in some later function.
7966   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
7967     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
7968   }
7969 
7970   return dcl;
7971 }
7972 
7973 
7974 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
7975 /// relevant Decl.
7976 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
7977                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
7978   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
7979   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
7980     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
7981   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
7982 
7983   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
7984     if (Method->isStatic())
7985       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
7986 }
7987 
7988 
7989 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
7990 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
7991 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
7992                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
7993   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
7994   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
7995   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
7996   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
7997   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
7998     = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II);
7999   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
8000     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
8001     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8002     return Pos->second;
8003   }
8004 
8005   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
8006   unsigned diag_id;
8007   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8008     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
8009   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
8010     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
8011   else
8012     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
8013   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
8014 
8015   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
8016   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
8017   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
8018     TypoCorrection Corrected;
8019     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
8020     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
8021                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
8022       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
8023       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
8024       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
8025 
8026       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
8027           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
8028 
8029       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
8030           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8031         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
8032             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
8033     }
8034   }
8035 
8036   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
8037   const char *Dummy;
8038   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
8039   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
8040   unsigned DiagID;
8041   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
8042   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
8043   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
8044   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
8045   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, false,
8046                                              SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 0, true,
8047                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
8048                                              SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
8049                                              EST_None, SourceLocation(),
8050                                              0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D),
8051                 DS.getAttributes(),
8052                 SourceLocation());
8053   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
8054 
8055   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
8056 
8057   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
8058   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8059 
8060   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
8061   FD->setImplicit();
8062 
8063   CurContext = PrevDC;
8064 
8065   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
8066 
8067   return FD;
8068 }
8069 
8070 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
8071 /// the declaration of this function.
8072 ///
8073 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
8074 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
8075 /// like NSLog or printf.
8076 ///
8077 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
8078 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
8079 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8080   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8081     return;
8082 
8083   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
8084   // actual attributes.
8085   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8086     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
8087     unsigned FormatIdx;
8088     bool HasVAListArg;
8089     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
8090       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
8091         const char *fmt = "printf";
8092         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
8093         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
8094             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8095           fmt = "NSString";
8096         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8097                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
8098                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8099       }
8100     }
8101     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
8102                                              HasVAListArg)) {
8103      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8104        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8105                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
8106                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8107     }
8108 
8109     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
8110     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
8111     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
8112     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
8113         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
8114       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8115         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8116     }
8117 
8118     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
8119         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
8120       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8121     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
8122       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8123     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8124       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8125   }
8126 
8127   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
8128   if (!Name)
8129     return;
8130   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8131        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
8132       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
8133        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
8134        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
8135     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
8136     // about.
8137   } else
8138     return;
8139 
8140   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
8141     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
8142     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
8143     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8144       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8145                                              "printf", 2,
8146                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
8147   }
8148 
8149   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
8150     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
8151     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
8152     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
8153       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
8154   }
8155 }
8156 
8157 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
8158                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
8159   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
8160   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
8161 
8162   if (!TInfo) {
8163     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
8164     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
8165   }
8166 
8167   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
8168   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
8169                                            D.getLocStart(),
8170                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8171                                            D.getIdentifier(),
8172                                            TInfo);
8173 
8174   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
8175   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
8176     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
8177     return NewTD;
8178   }
8179 
8180   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8181     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
8182       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8183         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
8184         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8185         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8186     else
8187       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
8188   }
8189 
8190   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
8191   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
8192   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
8193   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
8194   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
8195   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
8196   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
8197   case TST_enum:
8198   case TST_struct:
8199   case TST_interface:
8200   case TST_union:
8201   case TST_class: {
8202     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
8203 
8204     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
8205     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
8206     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
8207     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
8208 
8209     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
8210     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
8211 
8212     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
8213     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
8214       break;
8215 
8216     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
8217     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
8218     break;
8219   }
8220 
8221   default:
8222     break;
8223   }
8224 
8225   return NewTD;
8226 }
8227 
8228 
8229 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
8230 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
8231   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8232   QualType T = TI->getType();
8233 
8234   if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context))
8235     return false;
8236 
8237   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
8238   return true;
8239 }
8240 
8241 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
8242 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
8243 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
8244                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
8245                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
8246   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
8247 
8248   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
8249     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8250       << Prev->isScoped();
8251     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8252     return true;
8253   }
8254 
8255   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
8256     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
8257         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
8258         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
8259                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
8260       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8261         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
8262       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8263       return true;
8264     }
8265   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
8266     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8267       << Prev->isFixed();
8268     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8269     return true;
8270   }
8271 
8272   return false;
8273 }
8274 
8275 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
8276 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
8277 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
8278 ///
8279 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
8280 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
8281   switch (Tag) {
8282   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
8283   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
8284   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
8285   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
8286   }
8287 }
8288 
8289 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
8290 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
8291 ///
8292 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
8293 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
8294 {
8295   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
8296 }
8297 
8298 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
8299 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
8300 ///
8301 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
8302 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
8303                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
8304                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
8305                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
8306   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
8307   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
8308   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
8309   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
8310   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
8311   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
8312   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
8313   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
8314   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
8315   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
8316   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
8317   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
8318   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
8319   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8320   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
8321     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8322       return true;
8323 
8324   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
8325     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8326     bool isTemplate = false;
8327     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8328       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8329 
8330     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8331       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8332       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8333       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8334         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8335         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8336       return true;
8337     }
8338 
8339     if (isDefinition) {
8340       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8341       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8342       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8343         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8344         return true;
8345       }
8346 
8347       bool previousMismatch = false;
8348       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8349            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8350         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8351           if (!previousMismatch) {
8352             previousMismatch = true;
8353             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8354               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8355               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
8356           }
8357           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8358             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
8359             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8360                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
8361         }
8362       }
8363       return true;
8364     }
8365 
8366     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8367     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8368     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8369     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8370                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8371     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8372       return true;
8373     }
8374 
8375     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8376       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8377       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8378     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8379 
8380     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8381     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8382         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8383           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
8384           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8385                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
8386     }
8387 
8388     return true;
8389   }
8390   return false;
8391 }
8392 
8393 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8394 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8395 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8396 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8397 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8398                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8399                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8400                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8401                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8402                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8403                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8404                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8405                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8406                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8407   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8408   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8409   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8410          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8411   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8412 
8413   OwnedDecl = false;
8414   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8415   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8416 
8417   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8418   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8419   bool Invalid = false;
8420 
8421   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8422   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8423   // for non-C++ cases.
8424   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8425       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8426     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8427           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8428                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
8429                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8430                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8431                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8432                                                     Invalid)) {
8433       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8434         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8435         // be a member of another template).
8436 
8437         if (Invalid)
8438           return 0;
8439 
8440         OwnedDecl = false;
8441         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8442                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8443                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8444                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8445                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
8446                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
8447         return Result.get();
8448       } else {
8449         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8450         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8451           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8452         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8453       }
8454     }
8455   }
8456 
8457   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8458   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8459   // redeclaration.
8460   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8461 
8462   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8463     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8464       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8465       // type, default to int.
8466       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8467     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8468       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8469       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8470       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8471       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8472       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8473 
8474       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8475         // Recover by falling back to int.
8476         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8477 
8478       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8479                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8480         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8481 
8482     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8483       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8484       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8485   }
8486 
8487   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8488   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8489   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8490 
8491   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8492   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8493     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8494 
8495   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8496 
8497   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8498     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8499 
8500     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8501     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8502       Name = 0;
8503       goto CreateNewDecl;
8504     }
8505 
8506     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8507     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8508     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8509       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8510       if (!DC) {
8511         IsDependent = true;
8512         return 0;
8513       }
8514     } else {
8515       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8516       if (!DC) {
8517         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8518           << SS.getRange();
8519         return 0;
8520       }
8521     }
8522 
8523     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8524       return 0;
8525 
8526     SearchDC = DC;
8527     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8528     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8529 
8530     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8531       return 0;
8532 
8533     if (Previous.empty()) {
8534       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8535       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8536       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8537       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8538       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8539       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8540       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8541           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8542         IsDependent = true;
8543         return 0;
8544       }
8545 
8546       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8547       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8548         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8549       Name = 0;
8550       Invalid = true;
8551       goto CreateNewDecl;
8552     }
8553   } else if (Name) {
8554     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8555     // declaration or definition.
8556     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8557     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8558     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8559     LookupName(Previous, S);
8560 
8561     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8562         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8563       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8564       while (F.hasNext()) {
8565         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8566         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8567           F.erase();
8568       }
8569       F.done();
8570     }
8571 
8572     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8573     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8574       return 0;
8575 
8576     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8577       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8578       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8579       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8580       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8581       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8582         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8583     }
8584   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8585     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8586     // initial context to the translation unit.
8587     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8588     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8589   }
8590 
8591   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8592       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8593     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8594     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8595     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8596     Previous.clear();
8597   }
8598 
8599   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8600       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8601     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8602     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8603 
8604     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8605       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8606       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8607       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8608       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8609     }
8610   }
8611 
8612   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8613   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8614   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8615   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8616   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8617       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8618     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8619     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8620 
8621     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8622       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8623       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8624       //
8625       //          class-key identifier
8626       //
8627       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8628       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8629       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8630       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8631       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8632       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8633       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8634       //      declaration.
8635       //
8636       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8637       // C structs and unions.
8638       //
8639       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8640       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8641       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8642       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8643       //
8644       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8645       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8646       //
8647       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8648       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8649       // lexical context,
8650       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8651         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8652 
8653       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8654       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8655              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8656               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8657              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8658              (S->getEntity() &&
8659               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
8660         S = S->getParent();
8661     } else {
8662       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
8663       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
8664       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
8665       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
8666       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
8667       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
8668     }
8669 
8670     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
8671     // diagnose some problems.
8672     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8673       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
8674       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
8675     }
8676   }
8677 
8678   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8679     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
8680 
8681     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
8682     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
8683     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
8684     // in C++.
8685     //
8686     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
8687     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
8688     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
8689     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
8690     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8691       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8692         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
8693           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
8694           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
8695               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
8696                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
8697             PrevDecl = Tag;
8698             Previous.clear();
8699             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
8700             Previous.resolveKind();
8701           }
8702         }
8703       }
8704     }
8705 
8706     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8707       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
8708       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
8709       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
8710       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
8711           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8712         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
8713         // struct or something similar.
8714         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
8715                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
8716                                           *Name)) {
8717           bool SafeToContinue
8718             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
8719                Kind != TTK_Enum);
8720           if (SafeToContinue)
8721             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
8722               << Name
8723               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
8724                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
8725           else
8726             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
8727           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8728 
8729           if (SafeToContinue)
8730             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
8731           else {
8732             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
8733             Name = 0;
8734             Previous.clear();
8735             Invalid = true;
8736           }
8737         }
8738 
8739         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
8740           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
8741 
8742           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
8743           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
8744           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8745             if (ScopedEnum)
8746               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
8747                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
8748                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
8749             return PrevTagDecl;
8750           }
8751 
8752           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
8753           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8754             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
8755           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
8756             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
8757 
8758           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
8759           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
8760           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
8761           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
8762                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
8763             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
8764         }
8765 
8766         if (!Invalid) {
8767           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
8768 
8769           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
8770           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
8771           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
8772           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
8773           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
8774                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
8775             return PrevTagDecl;
8776 
8777           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
8778           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
8779             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
8780               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
8781               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
8782               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
8783               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
8784               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
8785                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
8786                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8787                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8788                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8789                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
8790                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
8791                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
8792                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
8793               }
8794 
8795               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
8796                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
8797                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
8798                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
8799                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
8800                 else
8801                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
8802                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8803                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
8804                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
8805                 // references get the previous definition.
8806                 Name = 0;
8807                 Previous.clear();
8808                 Invalid = true;
8809               }
8810             } else {
8811               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
8812               // about a nested redefinition.
8813               const TagType *Tag
8814                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
8815               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
8816                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
8817                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
8818                      diag::note_previous_definition);
8819                 Name = 0;
8820                 Previous.clear();
8821                 Invalid = true;
8822               }
8823             }
8824 
8825             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
8826             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
8827           }
8828         }
8829         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
8830         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
8831 
8832       } else {
8833         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
8834         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
8835         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
8836         // have distinct types.
8837         Previous.clear();
8838       }
8839       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
8840       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
8841       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
8842 
8843 
8844     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
8845     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
8846     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
8847     } else {
8848       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
8849       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
8850       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
8851       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
8852           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
8853         unsigned Kind = 0;
8854         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8855         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8856         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8857         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
8858         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
8859         Invalid = true;
8860 
8861       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
8862       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
8863                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
8864         // do nothing
8865 
8866       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
8867       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
8868         unsigned Kind = 0;
8869         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8870         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
8871         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
8872         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
8873         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8874         Invalid = true;
8875 
8876       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
8877       // case here.
8878       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
8879         unsigned Kind = 0;
8880         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
8881         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
8882           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
8883         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
8884         Invalid = true;
8885 
8886       // Otherwise, diagnose.
8887       } else {
8888         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
8889         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
8890         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
8891         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8892         Name = 0;
8893         Invalid = true;
8894       }
8895 
8896       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
8897       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
8898       Previous.clear();
8899     }
8900   }
8901 
8902 CreateNewDecl:
8903 
8904   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
8905   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
8906     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
8907 
8908   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
8909   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
8910   // keyword.
8911   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
8912 
8913   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
8914   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
8915   // PrevDecl.
8916   TagDecl *New;
8917 
8918   bool IsForwardReference = false;
8919   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8920     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8921     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
8922     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8923                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
8924                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
8925     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
8926     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
8927       TagDecl *Def;
8928       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
8929         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
8930         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
8931       }
8932       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
8933         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
8934           << New;
8935         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8936       } else {
8937         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
8938         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8939           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
8940         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8941           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
8942         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
8943 
8944         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
8945         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
8946         // the declaration context.
8947         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
8948           IsForwardReference = true;
8949       }
8950     }
8951 
8952     if (EnumUnderlying) {
8953       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
8954       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
8955         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
8956       else
8957         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
8958       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
8959     }
8960 
8961   } else {
8962     // struct/union/class
8963 
8964     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
8965     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
8966     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8967       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
8968       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8969                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8970 
8971       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
8972         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
8973     } else
8974       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
8975                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
8976   }
8977 
8978   // Maybe add qualifier info.
8979   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8980     if (SS.isSet()) {
8981       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
8982       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
8983       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
8984       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
8985       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
8986       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
8987           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
8988           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
8989         Invalid = true;
8990 
8991       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
8992       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
8993         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8994                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8995                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
8996       }
8997     }
8998     else
8999       Invalid = true;
9000   }
9001 
9002   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
9003     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
9004     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
9005     //
9006     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
9007     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
9008     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
9009     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
9010     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
9011     // parsing of the struct).
9012     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9013       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
9014       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
9015     }
9016   }
9017 
9018   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
9019     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
9020       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9021         << 2
9022         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9023     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
9024     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
9025     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
9026     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9027       New->setModulePrivate();
9028   }
9029 
9030   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
9031   // check the specialization.
9032   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
9033     Invalid = true;
9034 
9035   if (Invalid)
9036     New->setInvalidDecl();
9037 
9038   if (Attr)
9039     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9040 
9041   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
9042   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
9043   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9044     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
9045 
9046   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
9047   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
9048   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9049 
9050   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
9051   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
9052   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
9053   // the tag name visible.
9054   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
9055     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
9056                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
9057 
9058   // Set the access specifier.
9059   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
9060     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
9061 
9062   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
9063     New->startDefinition();
9064 
9065   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9066   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9067     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
9068     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
9069     if (PrevDecl)
9070       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
9071 
9072     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9073     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9074     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
9075       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
9076         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
9077   } else if (Name) {
9078     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9079     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
9080     if (IsForwardReference)
9081       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9082 
9083   } else {
9084     CurContext->addDecl(New);
9085   }
9086 
9087   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
9088   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
9089     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
9090         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
9091         II->isStr("FILE"))
9092       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
9093 
9094   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
9095   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
9096   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9097       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
9098     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
9099 
9100   if (PrevDecl)
9101     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
9102 
9103   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9104   // record.
9105   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
9106 
9107   OwnedDecl = true;
9108   return New;
9109 }
9110 
9111 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9112   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9113   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9114 
9115   // Enter the tag context.
9116   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
9117 
9118   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
9119 
9120   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9121   // record.
9122   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
9123 }
9124 
9125 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
9126   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
9127          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
9128   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
9129   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
9130       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
9131   CurContext = OCD;
9132   return IDecl;
9133 }
9134 
9135 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9136                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
9137                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
9138   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9139   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
9140 
9141   FieldCollector->StartClass();
9142 
9143   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
9144     return;
9145 
9146   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
9147     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
9148 
9149   // C++ [class]p2:
9150   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
9151   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
9152   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
9153   //   as if it were a public member name.
9154   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
9155     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
9156                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
9157                             Record->getIdentifier(),
9158                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
9159                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
9160   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
9161   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
9162   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
9163   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
9164       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
9165   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
9166   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
9167          "Broken injected-class-name");
9168 }
9169 
9170 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9171                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
9172   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9173   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9174   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
9175 
9176   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9177   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9178     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
9179     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9180       RD->completeDefinition();
9181   }
9182 
9183   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
9184     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
9185 
9186   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
9187   PopDeclContext();
9188 
9189   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
9190   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
9191 }
9192 
9193 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
9194   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
9195   PopDeclContext();
9196 }
9197 
9198 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9199   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
9200   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
9201   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
9202 }
9203 
9204 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9205   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
9206   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
9207 }
9208 
9209 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9210   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9211   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9212   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
9213 
9214   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9215   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9216     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9217       RD->completeDefinition();
9218   }
9219 
9220   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
9221   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
9222   // the FieldCollector.
9223 
9224   PopDeclContext();
9225 }
9226 
9227 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
9228 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
9229                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9230                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
9231                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
9232   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
9233   if (ZeroWidth)
9234     *ZeroWidth = true;
9235 
9236   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
9237   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
9238   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9239     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
9240     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
9241       return ExprError();
9242     if (FieldName)
9243       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
9244         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9245     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
9246       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9247   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
9248                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
9249     return ExprError();
9250 
9251   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
9252   // it now.
9253   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
9254     return Owned(BitWidth);
9255 
9256   llvm::APSInt Value;
9257   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
9258   if (ICE.isInvalid())
9259     return ICE;
9260   BitWidth = ICE.take();
9261 
9262   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
9263     *ZeroWidth = false;
9264 
9265   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
9266   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
9267     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
9268 
9269   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
9270     if (FieldName)
9271       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9272                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
9273     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9274       << Value.toString(10);
9275   }
9276 
9277   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
9278     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
9279     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
9280       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9281         if (FieldName)
9282           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9283             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9284             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9285 
9286         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9287           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9288       }
9289 
9290       if (FieldName)
9291         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9292           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9293           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9294       else
9295         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9296           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9297     }
9298   }
9299 
9300   return Owned(BitWidth);
9301 }
9302 
9303 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
9304 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
9305 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
9306                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
9307   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
9308                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
9309                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
9310   return Res;
9311 }
9312 
9313 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
9314 ///
9315 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
9316                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
9317                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
9318                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9319                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
9320   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9321   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9322   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9323 
9324   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9325   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9326   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9327     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9328 
9329     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
9330                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9331       D.setInvalidType();
9332       T = Context.IntTy;
9333       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9334     }
9335   }
9336 
9337   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9338 
9339   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9340     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9341   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9342     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9343       << 2;
9344 
9345   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9346   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9347   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9348   LookupName(Previous, S);
9349   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9350     case LookupResult::Found:
9351     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9352       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9353       break;
9354 
9355     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9356       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9357       break;
9358 
9359     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9360     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9361     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9362       break;
9363   }
9364   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9365 
9366   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9367     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9368     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9369     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9370     PrevDecl = 0;
9371   }
9372 
9373   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9374     PrevDecl = 0;
9375 
9376   bool Mutable
9377     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9378   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9379   FieldDecl *NewFD
9380     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9381                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9382 
9383   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9384     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9385 
9386   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9387     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9388 
9389   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9390     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9391     // with the same name in the same scope.
9392   } else if (II) {
9393     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9394   } else
9395     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9396 
9397   return NewFD;
9398 }
9399 
9400 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9401 ///
9402 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9403 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9404 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9405 /// created.
9406 ///
9407 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9408 ///
9409 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9410 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9411                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9412                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9413                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9414                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9415                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9416                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9417                                 Declarator *D) {
9418   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9419   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9420   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9421 
9422   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9423   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9424   if (T.isNull()) {
9425     InvalidDecl = true;
9426     T = Context.IntTy;
9427   }
9428 
9429   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9430   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9431     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9432       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9433       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9434       InvalidDecl = true;
9435     } else {
9436       NamedDecl *Def;
9437       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9438       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9439         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9440         InvalidDecl = true;
9441       }
9442     }
9443   }
9444 
9445   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9446   // than a variably modified type.
9447   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9448     bool SizeIsNegative;
9449     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9450     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
9451                                                            SizeIsNegative,
9452                                                            Oversized);
9453     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
9454       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9455       T = FixedTy;
9456     } else {
9457       if (SizeIsNegative)
9458         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9459       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9460         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9461           << Oversized.toString(10);
9462       else
9463         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9464       InvalidDecl = true;
9465     }
9466   }
9467 
9468   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9469   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9470                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9471                                              AbstractFieldType))
9472     InvalidDecl = true;
9473 
9474   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9475   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9476   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9477     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9478     if (!BitWidth) {
9479       InvalidDecl = true;
9480       BitWidth = 0;
9481       ZeroWidth = false;
9482     }
9483   }
9484 
9485   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9486   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9487     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9488     if (T->isReferenceType())
9489       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9490     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9491       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9492 
9493     if (DiagID) {
9494       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9495       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9496         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9497       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9498       Mutable = false;
9499       InvalidDecl = true;
9500     }
9501   }
9502 
9503   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9504                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9505   if (InvalidDecl)
9506     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9507 
9508   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9509     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9510     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9511     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9512   }
9513 
9514   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9515     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9516       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9517         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9518         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9519           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9520           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9521           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9522           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9523           // objects.
9524           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9525             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9526         }
9527       }
9528 
9529       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9530       // the program is ill-formed.
9531       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9532         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9533           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9534         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9535       }
9536     }
9537   }
9538 
9539   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9540   // representation, not a parser representation.
9541   if (D)
9542     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9543     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9544 
9545   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9546   // retainable type.
9547   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9548     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9549 
9550   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9551     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9552 
9553   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9554   return NewFD;
9555 }
9556 
9557 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9558   assert(FD);
9559   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9560 
9561   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9562     return true;
9563 
9564   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9565   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9566     CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9567     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9568       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9569       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9570       // copy constructors.
9571 
9572       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9573       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
9574         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9575       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9576         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9577       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
9578         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9579       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
9580         member = CXXDestructor;
9581 
9582       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9583         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
9584             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9585           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9586           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9587           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9588           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9589           // members unavailable.
9590           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9591           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9592             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9593               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9594                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9595             return false;
9596           }
9597         }
9598 
9599         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ?
9600                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9601                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9602           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9603         DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
9604         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x;
9605       }
9606     }
9607   }
9608 
9609   return false;
9610 }
9611 
9612 /// If the given constructor is user-declared, produce a diagnostic explaining
9613 /// that it makes the class non-trivial.
9614 static bool diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT,
9615                                                CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
9616                                                Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) {
9617   if (CD->isImplicit())
9618     return false;
9619 
9620   SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation();
9621   S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM;
9622   return true;
9623 }
9624 
9625 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
9626 /// special member, figure out why.
9627 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
9628   QualType QT(T, 0U);
9629   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
9630 
9631   // Check whether the member was user-declared.
9632   switch (member) {
9633   case CXXInvalid:
9634     break;
9635 
9636   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9637     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
9638       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
9639       for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI)
9640         if (diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member))
9641           return;
9642 
9643       // No user-delcared constructors; look for constructor templates.
9644       typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl>
9645           tmpl_iter;
9646       for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end());
9647            TI != TE; ++TI) {
9648         CXXConstructorDecl *CD =
9649             dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl());
9650         if (CD && diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, CD, member))
9651           return;
9652       }
9653     }
9654     break;
9655 
9656   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9657     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
9658       SourceLocation CtorLoc =
9659         RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation();
9660       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9661       return;
9662     }
9663     break;
9664 
9665   case CXXMoveConstructor:
9666     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) {
9667       SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation();
9668       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9669       return;
9670     }
9671     break;
9672 
9673   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9674     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
9675       SourceLocation AssignLoc =
9676         RD->getCopyAssignmentOperator(0)->getLocation();
9677       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9678       return;
9679     }
9680     break;
9681 
9682   case CXXMoveAssignment:
9683     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) {
9684       SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation();
9685       Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9686       return;
9687     }
9688     break;
9689 
9690   case CXXDestructor:
9691     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
9692       SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation();
9693       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
9694       return;
9695     }
9696     break;
9697   }
9698 
9699   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
9700 
9701   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
9702   // but not trivial destruction.
9703   if (member != CXXDestructor) {
9704     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
9705     // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
9706     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
9707       if (bi->isVirtual()) {
9708         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9709         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
9710         return;
9711       }
9712 
9713     // Check for virtual methods.
9714     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
9715     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
9716          ++mi) {
9717       if (mi->isVirtual()) {
9718         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart();
9719         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
9720         return;
9721       }
9722     }
9723   }
9724 
9725   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
9726   switch (member) {
9727   case CXXDefaultConstructor:
9728     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break;
9729   case CXXCopyConstructor:
9730     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
9731   case CXXCopyAssignment:
9732     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
9733   case CXXDestructor:
9734     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
9735   default:
9736     llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member");
9737   }
9738 
9739   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
9740   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
9741     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
9742     assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
9743     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
9744     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
9745       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart();
9746       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
9747       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
9748       return;
9749     }
9750   }
9751 
9752   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
9753   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
9754   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
9755        ++fi) {
9756     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType());
9757     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9758       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
9759 
9760       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
9761         SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation();
9762         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
9763         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
9764         return;
9765       }
9766     }
9767 
9768     if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9769       switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) {
9770       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9771       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9772         break;
9773 
9774       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9775       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9776       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9777         Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership)
9778           << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime();
9779         return;
9780       }
9781     }
9782   }
9783 
9784   llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member");
9785 }
9786 
9787 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9788 ///  AST enum value.
9789 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9790 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9791   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9792   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9793   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9794   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9795   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9796   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9797   }
9798 }
9799 
9800 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9801 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9802 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9803                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9804                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9805                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9806 
9807   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9808   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9809   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9810   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9811 
9812   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9813   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9814 
9815   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9816   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9817 
9818   if (BitWidth) {
9819     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9820     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9821     if (!BitWidth)
9822       D.setInvalidType();
9823   } else {
9824     // Not a bitfield.
9825 
9826     // validate II.
9827 
9828   }
9829   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
9830     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
9831     D.setInvalidType();
9832   }
9833   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9834   // than a variably modified type.
9835   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9836     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
9837     D.setInvalidType();
9838   }
9839 
9840   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
9841   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
9842     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
9843                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
9844   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
9845   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
9846   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9847     return 0;
9848   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
9849   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
9850       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9851     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
9852     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
9853       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
9854       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
9855     }
9856     else
9857       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9858   } else {
9859     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
9860         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9861       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
9862         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
9863         return 0;
9864       }
9865     }
9866     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
9867   }
9868 
9869   // Construct the decl.
9870   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
9871                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
9872                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
9873 
9874   if (II) {
9875     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
9876                                            ForRedeclaration);
9877     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
9878         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9879       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9880       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9881       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9882     }
9883   }
9884 
9885   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
9886   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
9887 
9888   if (D.isInvalidType())
9889     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9890 
9891   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
9892   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
9893     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
9894 
9895   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9896     NewID->setModulePrivate();
9897 
9898   if (II) {
9899     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
9900     // these to the interface.
9901     S->AddDecl(NewID);
9902     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
9903   }
9904 
9905   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
9906       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
9907     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
9908 
9909   return NewID;
9910 }
9911 
9912 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
9913 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
9914 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
9915 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
9916 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
9917                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
9918   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
9919     return;
9920 
9921   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
9922   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
9923 
9924   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
9925     return;
9926   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
9927   if (!ID) {
9928     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
9929       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
9930         return;
9931     }
9932     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
9933     else
9934       return;
9935   }
9936   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
9937   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
9938   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
9939 
9940   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
9941                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
9942                               Context.CharTy,
9943                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
9944                                                                DeclLoc),
9945                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
9946                               true);
9947   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
9948 }
9949 
9950 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
9951                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
9952                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
9953                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
9954                        AttributeList *Attr) {
9955   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
9956 
9957   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
9958   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
9959   // it will now change.
9960   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
9961     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9962     switch (DC->getKind()) {
9963     default: break;
9964     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
9965       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
9966       break;
9967     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
9968       Context.
9969         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
9970       break;
9971     }
9972   }
9973 
9974   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
9975 
9976   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
9977   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
9978   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
9979   if (Record) {
9980     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
9981                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
9982       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
9983         if (IFD->getDeclName())
9984           ++NumNamedMembers;
9985     }
9986   }
9987 
9988   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
9989   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
9990 
9991   bool ARCErrReported = false;
9992   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
9993        i != end; ++i) {
9994     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
9995 
9996     // Get the type for the field.
9997     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
9998 
9999     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
10000       // Remember all fields written by the user.
10001       RecFields.push_back(FD);
10002     }
10003 
10004     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
10005     // diagnostics about it.
10006     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10007       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10008       continue;
10009     }
10010 
10011     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
10012     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
10013     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
10014     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
10015     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
10016     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
10017     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
10018     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
10019     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
10020     //   array.
10021     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
10022       // Field declared as a function.
10023       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
10024         << FD->getDeclName();
10025       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10026       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10027       continue;
10028     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
10029                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
10030                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
10031                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
10032                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
10033       // Flexible array member.
10034       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
10035       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
10036       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
10037       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
10038         if (Record->isUnion())
10039           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
10040             << FD->getDeclName();
10041         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10042           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
10043             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10044       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10045         if (Record->isUnion())
10046           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10047             << FD->getDeclName();
10048         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10049           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
10050             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10051       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
10052       if (Record->isUnion())
10053         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10054           << FD->getDeclName();
10055       else
10056         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
10057           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10058       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
10059         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
10060           << FD->getDeclName();
10061         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10062         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10063         continue;
10064       }
10065       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
10066           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
10067         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
10068           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10069         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10070         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10071         continue;
10072       }
10073       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
10074       if (Record)
10075         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10076     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
10077                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10078                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10079       // Incomplete type
10080       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10081       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10082       continue;
10083     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10084       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
10085         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
10086         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
10087           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10088         } else {
10089           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
10090           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
10091           // structures.
10092           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
10093             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
10094               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10095           else {
10096             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
10097             // other structs as an extension.
10098             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
10099               << FD->getDeclName();
10100             if (Record)
10101               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10102           }
10103         }
10104       }
10105       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
10106           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10107                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10108                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
10109         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
10110         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10111       }
10112       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10113         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10114     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
10115       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
10116       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
10117         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
10118       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
10119       FD->setType(T);
10120     } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10121       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
10122         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
10123         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
10124         // so we just make the field unavailable.
10125         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
10126         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
10127         QualType T = FD->getType();
10128         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
10129         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
10130           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
10131           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
10132             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
10133               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
10134                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10135             }
10136           } else {
10137             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
10138               << T->isBlockPointerType();
10139           }
10140           ARCErrReported = true;
10141         }
10142       }
10143       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10144                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
10145                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
10146         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10147             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
10148           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10149         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
10150           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10151           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
10152               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10153             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10154           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10155                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
10156                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10157         }
10158       }
10159     }
10160     // Keep track of the number of named members.
10161     if (FD->getIdentifier())
10162       ++NumNamedMembers;
10163   }
10164 
10165   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
10166   if (Record) {
10167     bool Completed = false;
10168     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
10169       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
10170         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
10171         UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions();
10172         for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end();
10173              I != E; ++I)
10174           Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess());
10175 
10176         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
10177           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
10178           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x &&
10179               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
10180             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
10181 
10182           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
10183           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
10184 
10185           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
10186           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
10187           // problem now.
10188           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
10189             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
10190             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
10191 
10192             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
10193                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
10194                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
10195               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
10196                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
10197                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
10198                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
10199                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
10200                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
10201                   continue;
10202 
10203                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
10204                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
10205                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
10206                 //   program is ill-formed.
10207                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
10208                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
10209                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
10210                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
10211                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
10212                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
10213                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
10214                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
10215                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
10216                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
10217 
10218                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
10219               }
10220             }
10221             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
10222             Completed = true;
10223           }
10224         }
10225       }
10226     }
10227 
10228     if (!Completed)
10229       Record->completeDefinition();
10230 
10231   } else {
10232     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
10233       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
10234     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10235       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
10236       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
10237       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10238         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
10239         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10240       }
10241       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
10242       // duplicates.
10243       if (ID->getSuperClass())
10244         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
10245     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10246                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10247       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
10248       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
10249         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
10250         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
10251         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
10252       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
10253       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10254       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10255     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10256                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10257       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
10258       // reported as errors elsewhere.
10259       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
10260       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
10261       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
10262       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
10263       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
10264       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10265         if (IDecl) {
10266           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
10267               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10268             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10269                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10270             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10271             continue;
10272           }
10273           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
10274                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
10275                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
10276             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
10277                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10278               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10279                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10280               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10281               continue;
10282             }
10283           }
10284         }
10285         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
10286         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10287       }
10288       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10289       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10290     }
10291   }
10292 
10293   if (Attr)
10294     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
10295 }
10296 
10297 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
10298 /// the given type T.
10299 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
10300                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
10301                                         QualType T) {
10302   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10303   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
10304 
10305   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
10306     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10307       --BitWidth;
10308     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10309   }
10310   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10311 }
10312 
10313 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10314 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10315 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10316   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10317   // enum checking below.
10318   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10319   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10320   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10321     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10322   };
10323   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10324     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10325     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10326   };
10327 
10328   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10329   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10330                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10331   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10332     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10333       return Types[I];
10334 
10335   return QualType();
10336 }
10337 
10338 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10339                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10340                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10341                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10342                                           Expr *Val) {
10343   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10344   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10345   QualType EltTy;
10346 
10347   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10348     Val = 0;
10349 
10350   if (Val)
10351     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10352 
10353   if (Val) {
10354     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10355       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10356     else {
10357       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10358       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() &&
10359           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10360         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10361         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10362         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10363         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10364         ExprResult Converted =
10365           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10366                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10367         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10368           Val = 0;
10369         else
10370           Val = Converted.take();
10371       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10372                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10373                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10374         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10375       } else {
10376         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10377           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10378 
10379           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10380           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10381           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10382           // expression checking.
10383           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10384             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10385               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10386               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10387             } else
10388               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10389           } else
10390             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10391         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10392           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10393           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10394           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10395           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10396           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10397           EltTy = Val->getType();
10398         } else {
10399           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10400           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10401           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10402           //   representable as an int.
10403 
10404           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10405           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10406             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10407               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10408               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10409           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10410             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10411             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10412           }
10413           EltTy = Val->getType();
10414         }
10415       }
10416     }
10417   }
10418 
10419   if (!Val) {
10420     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10421       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10422     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10423       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10424       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10425       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10426       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10427       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10428       //
10429       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10430       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10431       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10432         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10433       }
10434       else {
10435         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10436       }
10437     } else {
10438       // Assign the last value + 1.
10439       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10440       ++EnumVal;
10441       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10442 
10443       // Check for overflow on increment.
10444       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10445         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10446         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10447         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10448         //
10449         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10450         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10451         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10452         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10453         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10454         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10455         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10456         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10457           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10458           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10459           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10460           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10461           ++EnumVal;
10462           if (Enum->isFixed())
10463             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10464             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10465               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10466               << EltTy;
10467           else
10468             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10469               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10470         } else {
10471           EltTy = T;
10472         }
10473 
10474         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10475         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10476         // value, then increment.
10477         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10478         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10479         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10480         ++EnumVal;
10481 
10482         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10483         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10484         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10485         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10486         // integral type.
10487         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10488           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10489       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10490                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10491         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10492         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10493           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10494       }
10495     }
10496   }
10497 
10498   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10499     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10500     // enumerator's type.
10501     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10502     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10503   }
10504 
10505   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10506                                   Val, EnumVal);
10507 }
10508 
10509 
10510 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10511                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10512                               AttributeList *Attr,
10513                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10514   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10515   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10516     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10517 
10518   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10519   // we find one that is.
10520   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10521 
10522   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10523   // scope.
10524   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10525                                          ForRedeclaration);
10526   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10527     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10528     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10529     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10530     PrevDecl = 0;
10531   }
10532 
10533   if (PrevDecl) {
10534     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10535     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10536     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10537            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10538     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10539       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10540         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10541       else
10542         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10543       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10544       return 0;
10545     }
10546   }
10547 
10548   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
10549   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
10550   // different from T:
10551   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
10552   // enumerated type
10553   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10554                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10555                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10556     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
10557         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10558       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10559 
10560   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10561     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10562 
10563   if (New) {
10564     // Process attributes.
10565     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10566 
10567     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10568     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10569     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10570   }
10571 
10572   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
10573 
10574   return New;
10575 }
10576 
10577 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10578                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10579                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10580                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10581   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10582   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10583 
10584   if (Attr)
10585     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10586 
10587   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10588     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10589       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10590         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10591       if (!ECD) continue;
10592 
10593       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10594     }
10595 
10596     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10597     return;
10598   }
10599 
10600   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10601   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10602   // emit a warning.
10603   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10604   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10605   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10606 
10607   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10608   // reverse the list.
10609   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10610   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10611 
10612   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10613   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10614 
10615   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10616     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10617       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10618     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10619 
10620     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10621 
10622     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10623     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10624       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10625                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10626     else
10627       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10628                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10629 
10630     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10631     if (AllElementsInt)
10632       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10633   }
10634 
10635   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10636   QualType BestType;
10637   unsigned BestWidth;
10638 
10639   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10640   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10641   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10642   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10643   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10644   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10645   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10646   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10647   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
10648   QualType BestPromotionType;
10649 
10650   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
10651   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
10652   // enum definitions.
10653   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
10654     Packed = true;
10655 
10656   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10657     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
10658     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
10659       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
10660     else
10661       BestPromotionType = BestType;
10662     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
10663     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
10664     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
10665     BestWidth = CharWidth;
10666   }
10667   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
10668     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
10669     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
10670     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10671     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
10672       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
10673       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10674     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
10675                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
10676       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
10677       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10678     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
10679       BestType = Context.IntTy;
10680       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10681     } else {
10682       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
10683 
10684       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
10685         BestType = Context.LongTy;
10686       } else {
10687         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10688 
10689         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
10690           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
10691         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
10692       }
10693     }
10694     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
10695   } else {
10696     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
10697     // all of the enumerator values.
10698     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
10699     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
10700       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
10701       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10702       BestWidth = CharWidth;
10703     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
10704       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
10705       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
10706       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
10707     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
10708       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
10709       BestWidth = IntWidth;
10710       BestPromotionType
10711         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10712                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
10713     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
10714                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
10715       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
10716       BestPromotionType
10717         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10718                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
10719     } else {
10720       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
10721       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
10722              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
10723       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
10724       BestPromotionType
10725         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10726                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
10727     }
10728   }
10729 
10730   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
10731   // the type of the enum if needed.
10732   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10733     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10734     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10735 
10736     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
10737     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
10738     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
10739     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
10740     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
10741 
10742     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
10743     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10744 
10745     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
10746     // the enum decl type.
10747     QualType NewTy;
10748     unsigned NewWidth;
10749     bool NewSign;
10750     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10751         !Enum->isFixed() &&
10752         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
10753       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
10754       NewWidth = IntWidth;
10755       NewSign = true;
10756     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
10757       // Already the right type!
10758       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10759         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10760         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10761         // enumeration.
10762         ECD->setType(EnumType);
10763       continue;
10764     } else {
10765       NewTy = BestType;
10766       NewWidth = BestWidth;
10767       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
10768     }
10769 
10770     // Adjust the APSInt value.
10771     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
10772     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
10773     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
10774 
10775     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
10776     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
10777         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
10778       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
10779                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
10780                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
10781                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
10782                                                 VK_RValue));
10783     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10784       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
10785       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
10786       // enumeration.
10787       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10788     else
10789       ECD->setType(NewTy);
10790   }
10791 
10792   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
10793                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
10794 
10795   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
10796   // it needs to go into the function scope.
10797   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
10798     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
10799 }
10800 
10801 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
10802                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
10803                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
10804   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
10805 
10806   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10807                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
10808                                                    EndLoc);
10809   CurContext->addDecl(New);
10810   return New;
10811 }
10812 
10813 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
10814                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
10815                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
10816   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
10817                                                 Module::AllVisible,
10818                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
10819   if (!Mod)
10820     return true;
10821 
10822   llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
10823   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
10824   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
10825     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
10826     // We need the length to be consistent.
10827     if (!ModCheck)
10828       break;
10829     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
10830 
10831     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
10832   }
10833 
10834   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
10835                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
10836                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
10837                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
10838   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
10839   return Import;
10840 }
10841 
10842 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10843                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10844                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10845                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
10846                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10847   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
10848                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10849   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
10850      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
10851 
10852   if (PrevDecl)
10853     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
10854   else
10855     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10856       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
10857 }
10858 
10859 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10860                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10861                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10862   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
10863 
10864   if (PrevDecl) {
10865     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
10866   } else {
10867     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10868       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
10869         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
10870   }
10871 }
10872 
10873 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
10874                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
10875                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
10876                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
10877                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
10878   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
10879                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
10880   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
10881 
10882   if (PrevDecl) {
10883     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
10884       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
10885         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
10886   } else {
10887     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
10888       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
10889   }
10890 }
10891 
10892 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
10893   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
10894 }
10895 
10896 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
10897   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
10898   return D->getAvailability();
10899 }
10900